GVX 9000

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 212

MN04000001E.

book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 AF Drives
User Manual

January 2007
Supersedes June 2006

MN04000001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM
MN04000001E.book Page i Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Important Notice – Please Read


The product discussed in this literature is subject to terms and conditions
outlined in Eaton Electrical Inc. selling policies. The sole source
governing the rights and remedies of any purchaser of this equipment is
the relevant Eaton Electrical Inc. selling policy.
NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY, OR
WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF
TRADE, ARE MADE REGARDING THE INFORMATION,
RECOMMENDATIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN. In no
event will Eaton Electrical Inc. be responsible to the purchaser or user in
contract, in tort (including negligence), strict liability or otherwise for any
special, indirect, incidental or consequential damage or loss whatsoever,
including but not limited to damage or loss of use of equipment, plant or
power system, cost of capital, loss of power, additional expenses in the
use of existing power facilities, or claims against the purchaser or user by
its customers resulting from the use of the information,
recommendations and descriptions contained herein.
The information contained in this manual is subject to change without
notice.
Cover Photo: Eaton GVX9000 Drives

GVX9000 User Manual i


MN04000001E.book Page ii Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

This page intentionally left blank.

ii GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page iii Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Table of Contents

LIST OF FIGURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi

LIST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii

SAFETY MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Definitions and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Hazardous High Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
High Voltage, Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x

CHAPTER 1 — INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1


How to Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Conventions Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Warranty and Liability Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Related Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

CHAPTER 2 — OVERVIEW OF THE GVX9000 DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1


Receiving and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Nameplate Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Catalog Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Style Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
External Parts and Label Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Digital Keypad Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

CHAPTER 3 — STORAGE AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1


Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Pollution Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Mounting Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Applicable Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Basic Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
External Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Control Terminal Wiring (Factory Settings) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Main Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Wiring Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Motor Operation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

GVX9000 User Manual iii


MN04000001E.book Page iv Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Table of Contents

CHAPTER 4 — START-UP PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1


Step-by-Step Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Mounting Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Inverter Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Wiring Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Wire Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Manual Motor Starters/UL489 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Wiring the Inverter to Incoming Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Wiring the Motor to the Inverter Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Power-Up Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Powering the Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

CHAPTER 5 — DESCRIPTIONS OF PARAMETER SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1


Viewing and Changing Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Parameter Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Group 20 — Easy Mode Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Group 30 — Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Explanations: Digital Input Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Group 40 — Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Function Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Group 50 — AC Drive Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Group 60 — Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
Group 70 — Protective Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Group 80 — Keypad / Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Group 90 — Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67

CHAPTER 6 — MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1


Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

CHAPTER 7 — TROUBLESHOOTING AND FAULT INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . 7-1


Common Problems and Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Warning Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

APPENDIX A — TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1


Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2

APPENDIX B — PARAMETER TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1


GVX9000 Parameter Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2

iv GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page v Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Table of Contents

APPENDIX C — ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1


Fuse Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
All Braking Resistors and Braking Units Used in AC Motor Drives . . . . C-4
External Brake Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6
Dimensions for Braking Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8
EMI Filter Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
Keypad Remote Mounting Kit (P/N GVXRM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-20

APPENDIX D — DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1


Digital Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3

APPENDIX E — EASY MODE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1


Choosing Easy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2
Changed Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2

APPENDIX F — DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1


Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
EC Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
Electromagnetic Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
EC Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3

GVX9000 User Manual v


MN04000001E.book Page vi Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Table of Contents

List of Figures
Figure 2-1: Example of 5 hp 230V AC drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Figure 2-2: Parts and Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Figure 2-3: Description of Digital Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Figure 3-1: Mounting in an Enclosure in Inches (mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Figure 3-2: Wiring Diagram — 1 – 5 hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Figure 3-3: Wiring Diagram — 7-1/2 – 100 hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Figure 3-4: Wiring Diagram — Sink and Source Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Figure 3-5: External Wiring — 1 – 15 hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Figure 3-6: External Wiring — 20 – 100 hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Figure 3-7: Control Terminal Wiring (Sink Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Figure 3-8: Control Terminal Wiring (Source Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Figure 3-9: Main Circuit — 1 to 5 hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Figure 3-10: Main Circuit — 7-1/2 to 15 hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Figure 3-11: Main Circuit — 20 to 30 hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Figure 3-12: Main Circuit — 40 to 50 hp, 460V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Figure 3-13: Main Circuit — 40 to 50 hp, 230V; 60 to 100 hp, 460V . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Figure 3-14: Parallel Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Figure 4-1: Clearances and Air Flow in Inches (mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Figure 5-1: Page Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Figure 5-2: Parameter Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Figure 5-3: Parameter Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Figure 5-4: Scrolling Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Figure 5-5: Programming Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Figure 5-6: Parameter Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Figure 5-7: D1 and D2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Figure 5-8: Digital Input Terminal Settings 01, 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Figure 5-9: Digital Input Terminal Settings 03, 04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Figure 5-10: Digital Input Terminal Settings 05, 06, 07, 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Figure 5-11: Digital Input Terminal Setting 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Figure 5-12: Digital Input Terminal Settings 10, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Figure 5-13: Digital Input Terminal Settings 12, 13, 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Figure 5-14: Digital Input Terminal Settings 15, 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Figure 5-15: Digital Input Terminal Setting 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Figure 5-16: Digital Input Terminal Setting 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Figure 5-17: Digital Input Terminal Setting 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Figure 5-18: Digital Input Terminal Setting 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Figure 5-19: Digital Input Terminal Settings 21, 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Figure 5-20: Digital Input Terminal Setting 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Figure 5-21: Digital Input Terminal Setting 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Figure 5-22: Digital Input Terminal Setting 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

vi GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page vii Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Table of Contents

Figure 5-23: Digital Input Terminal Settings 26, 27, 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19


Figure 5-24: Digital Input Terminal Settings 29, 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Figure 5-25: Digital Input Terminal Setting 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Figure 5-26: Digital Input Terminal Setting 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Figure 5-27: Digital Input Terminal Settings 33, 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Figure 5-28: Desired Freq. Attained & Preset Freq. Attained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Figure 5-29: GVX Digital Output Option 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Figure 5-30: Stop Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Figure 5-31: V/F Curve Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Figure 5-32: Acceleration and Deceleration Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Figure 5-33: S-Curve Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Figure 5-34: Jog Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Figure 5-35: Power Loss Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Figure 5-36: Skip Frequency Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Figure 5-37: Sleep Time Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Figure 5-38: Auxiliary Motor Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Figure 5-39: DC Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Figure 5-40: Over-Voltage Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Figure 5-41: Over-Current Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Figure 5-42: I2t Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Figure 5-43: Output Voltage Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Figure C-1: GBM2022, GBM4045, GBM5055 Braking Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6
Figure C-2: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — RF022B21BA /
RF037B43BA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-11
Figure C-3: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — RF110B43CA . . . . . . C-12
Figure C-4: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 26TDT1W4C . . . . . . C-13
Figure C-5: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 50TDS4W4C . . . . . . C-14
Figure C-6: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 100TDS84C . . . . . . . C-15
Figure C-7: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 150TDS84C . . . . . . . C-16
Figure C-8: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 180TDS84C . . . . . . . C-17
Figure C-9: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 20TDT1W4C . . . . . . C-18
Figure C-10: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 200TDDS84C . . . . C-19
Figure C-11: Approximate Kit Dimensions in Inches (mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-20
Figure D-1: Digital Keypad — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) . . . . D-2
Figure D-2: 1 – 5 hp — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) . . . . . . . . . . D-3
Figure D-3: 7-1/2 – 15 hp — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) . . . . . . D-4
Figure D-4: 20 – 30 hp — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) . . . . . . . . D-5
Figure D-5: 40 – 100 hp — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) . . . . . . . D-6

GVX9000 User Manual vii


MN04000001E.book Page viii Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Table of Contents

List of Tables
Table 2-1: GVX9000 Catalog Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Table 2-2: Keypad Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Table 3-1: Wiring Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Table 3-2: Terminal Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Table 3-3: Wire Gauge and Torque Tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Table 4-1: Wire Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Table 4-2: Fuse Specification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Table 4-3: Heat Loss Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Table 5-1: Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Table 7-1: Common Problems and Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Table 7-2: Warning Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Table A-1: GVX9000 230V Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Table A-2: GVX9000 460V Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Table A-3: GVX9000 575V Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Table A-4: General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
Table B-1: 20 — Easy Mode Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
Table B-2: 30 — Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
Table B-3: 40 — Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5
Table B-4: 50 — AC Drive Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7
Table B-5: 60 — Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13
Table B-6: 70 — Protective Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
Table B-7: 80 — Keypad / Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16
Table B-8: 90 — Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-21
Table C-1: Fuse Specifications — 230V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
Table C-2: Fuse Specifications — 460V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
Table C-3: Fuse Specifications — 575V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
Table C-4: Wiring Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
Table C-5: Braking Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
Table C-6: Braking Unit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7
Table C-7: Approximate Dimensions for Braking Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8
Table C-8: EMI Filter Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
Table E-1: 00 — Factory Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2
Table E-2: 01 — Basic V/F Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2
Table E-3: 02 — PID Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
Table E-4: 03 — Preset Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4
Table E-5: 04 — Local/Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6
Table E-6: 05 — Hand Off Auto (HOA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7
Table E-7: 06 — Variable Torque (Pump/Fan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8
Table E-8: 07 — Spindle Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9
Table E-9: 08 — Analog Speed Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10
Table E-10: 09 — Closed Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-11

viii GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page ix Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Safety Messages

Safety Messages
Definitions and Symbols
A safety instruction (message) includes a hazard alert symbol and a signal word,
WARNING or CAUTION. Each signal word has the following meaning:

HIGH VOLTAGE: This symbol indicates high voltage. It calls your


attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you and
other persons operating this equipment. Read the message and follow
the instructions carefully.

This symbol is the “Safety Alert Symbol.” It occurs with either of two
signal words: CAUTION or WARNING, as described below.

WARNING: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not


avoided, can result in serious injury or death.

CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not


avoided, can result in minor to moderate injury, or serious damage to
the product. The situation described in the CAUTION may, if not
avoided, lead to serious results. Important safety measures are
described in CAUTION (as well as WARNING).

Hazardous High Voltage


HIGH VOLTAGE!
Motor control equipment and electronic controllers are connected to
hazardous line voltages. When servicing drives and electronic
controllers, there may be exposed components with housings or
protrusions at or above line potential. Extreme care should be taken to
protect against shock.
Stand on an insulating pad and make it a habit to use only one hand
when checking components. Always work with another person in case
an emergency occurs. Disconnect power before checking controllers or
performing maintenance. Be sure equipment is properly grounded.
Wear safety glasses whenever working on electronic controllers or
rotating machinery.

GVX9000 User Manual ix


MN04000001E.book Page x Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Safety Messages

High Voltage, Warnings and Cautions


High Voltage

HIGH VOLTAGE!
Before opening the AC drive covers:
• Disconnect all power to the AC drive.
Wait five minutes for DC bus capacitors discharge.

HIGH VOLTAGE!
Be sure to ground the unit. Otherwise, there is danger of electric shock
and/or fire.

HIGH VOLTAGE!
Wiring work shall be carried out only by qualified personnel.
Otherwise, there is a danger of electric shock or fire.

Warnings

WARNING!
Make sure that all screws are tightened to the proper torque rating
shown in Table 3-3.

WARNING!
This equipment should be installed, adjusted, and serviced by qualified
electrical maintenance personnel familiar with the construction and
operation of the equipment and the hazards involved. Failure to
observe this precaution could result in bodily injury.

WARNING!
Use 75ºC Cu wire only or equivalent.

WARNING!
The rated voltage for AC motor drive must be equal or less than
240V (equal or less than 480V for 460V models, equal or less than
600V for 575V models) and the mains supply current capacity must
be equal or less than 5000A RMS (equal or less than 10000A RMS
for the 40 hp [30 kW] models).

WARNING!
Disconnect AC power before proceeding!

x GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page xi Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Safety Messages

Cautions

CAUTION!
When mounting in an enclosure, allow for the recommended free
space. Failure to allow adequate air flow may result in drive over
temperature.

CAUTION!
Do not connect the AC power to the T1, T2, T3 terminals, it will
damage the AC drive.

CAUTION!
Be sure to install the unit on flame-resistant material such as a steel
plate. Otherwise, there is the danger of fire.

CAUTION!
Be sure to install the unit on a perpendicular wall which is not subject
to vibration. Otherwise, it may fall and cause injury to personnel.

CAUTION!
Be sure not to let the foreign matter enter vent openings in the
inverter housing, such as wire clippings, spatter from welding, metal
shavings, dust, etc. Otherwise, there is the danger of fire.

CAUTION!
Be sure not to install or operate an inverter which is damaged or has
missing parts. Otherwise, it may cause injury to personnel.

CAUTION!
Be sure to install the inverter in a well-ventilated room which does not
have direct exposure to sunlight, a tendency for high temperature,
high humidity or dew condensation, high levels of dust, corrosive gas,
explosive gas, inflammable gas, grinding-fluid mist, salt damage, etc.
Otherwise, there is the danger of fire.

CAUTION!
Be sure that the input voltage matches the inverter specifications:
• Single-/Three-phase 200 to 240V 50/60 Hz (up to 2.2 kW)
• Three-phase 200 to 230V 50/60 Hz (above 2.2 kW)
• Three-phase 380 to 460V 50/60 Hz
• Three-phase 500 to 600V 50/60 Hz

GVX9000 User Manual xi


MN04000001E.book Page xii Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Safety Messages

CAUTION!
Be sure not to connect an AC power supply
to the output terminals. Otherwise, there is Power Input Power Output
the danger of injury and/or fire. T1 T2 T3
L1 L2 L3
Note:
L1, L2, L3: Three-phase 200 to 230V 50/60 Hz
Three-phase 380 to 460V 50/60 Hz
Three-phase 500 to 600V 50/60 Hz
Any two inputs:
Single-phase 200 to 240V 50/60 Hz

CAUTION!
The operation of the inverter can be easily changed from low speed to
high speed. Be sure to check the capability and limitations of the
motor and machine before operating the inverter. Otherwise, there is
the danger of injury.

CAUTION!
If you operate a motor at a frequency higher than the inverter standard
default setting (50 Hz/60 Hz), be sure to check the motor and machine
specifications with the respective manufacturer. Only operate the
motor at elevated frequencies after getting their approval. Otherwise,
there is the danger of equipment damage.

xii GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Introduction
Chapter 1
Introduction

Inside this chapter …

How to Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2


Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Conventions Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Warranty and Liability Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Related Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

GVX9000 User Manual 1-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

How to Use This Manual

This chapter describes the purpose and contents of this manual and the intended
audience. This chapter also explains conventions used in this manual and lists
Introduction

related publications.

How to Use This Manual


The purpose of this manual is to provide you with information necessary to
install, set parameters, troubleshoot and maintain the Eaton GVX9000 Adjustable
Frequency Drives from Eaton’s electrical business. To guarantee safe operation of
the equipment, read the safety guidelines at the beginning of this manual before
connecting power to the AC motor drives. Keep this operating manual handy and
distribute to all users for reference.
Chapter 1 — Introduction is the chapter you are reading now.
Chapter 2 — Overview of the GVX9000 Drive describes receiving and inspection
procedures and provides an introduction to digital keypad operation.
Chapter 3 — Storage and Installation describes planning for drive installation
and drive mounting. This chapter also includes requirements and connections for
wiring.
Chapter 4 — Start-Up Procedures provides a detailed explanation of digital
keypad operation.
Chapter 5 — Descriptions of Parameter Settings provides detailed explanations
for all parameter settings.
Chapter 6 — Maintenance and Inspection describes maintenance procedures.
Chapter 7 — Troubleshooting and Fault Information lists the fault displays,
descriptions, and corrective actions.
Appendix A — Technical Data lists standard specifications.
Appendix B — Parameter Tables provides listing of all parameters with
descriptions, ranges and defaults.
Appendix C — Accessories provides information about circuit breakers, fuses,
braking resistors, and other accessories for the Eaton GVX9000 Drives.
Appendix D — Dimensions displays keypad and drive dimensions.
Appendix E — is a Declaration of Conformity.

1-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Intended Audience

Intended Audience

Introduction
The audience for this manual has:
• Knowledge of standard electrical wiring practices, electronic components,
and electrical schematic symbols.
The audience for this manual will install, start-up, and service the Eaton GVX9000
Drives.

Conventions Used in This Manual


Listed below are terms and language conventions used in this manual. These
terms and conventions are defined here to help you understand their meanings
and applications throughout this manual.

Digital Keypad Display


The Digital Keypad display is an LCD readout of drive parameter selections and
drive operation status. Letters or numbers appear in the display according to
which keys you press.

Digital Keypad Keys


Digital Keypad keys are flat, labeled, pushbutton-type devices that allow you to
select drive parameters, and monitor drive operation.

Parameter
A parameter is selected through the Digital Keypad. Parameters in this manual
are expressed as Parameter Group Number, a decimal (.), and a Parameter
number.

Press
Press a key on the Digital Keypad Control Panel to select a parameter. Refer to
Chapter 2 — Overview of the GVX9000 Drive, Digital Keypad Operation.

GVX9000 User Manual 1-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Warranty and Liability Information

Warranty and Liability Information


Introduction

Eaton Electrical Inc. warrants the product delivered in the Cutler-Hammer


shipping package to be free from defects in material and workmanship, under
normal use and service, for twenty four (24) months from date of manufacturing.
Products that fail during this period will be repaired or replaced at Eaton’s
discretion, with the same or a functionally equivalent product, provided the
original purchaser (A) returns the failed product, and (B) provides proof of
original date of purchase. This warranty does not apply, in the judgment of
Eaton, to damage caused during shipment, handling, storage, or accidental
misuse. The original purchaser of the product must obtain a Cutler-Hammer
Return Material Authorization (RMA) number prior to returning any defective
product. (When purchased through an Authorized Distributor, the Distributor
should supply an RMA number to their customer.)
The maximum liability of this warranty is limited to the purchase price of the
product. In no event, regardless of cause, shall Eaton Electrical Inc. be liable (a)
for penalties or penalty clauses of any description, or (b) for certification not
otherwise specifically provided herein and/or indemnification of purchaser or
others for costs, damages or expenses, each arising out of or related to the
product or services of any order or (c) for any damages resulting from loss of
profits, use of products or for any incidental indirect or consequential damages,
even if advised of the possibility of such damages.

Related Publications
Brochure (Publication Numbers: BR04002001E)
Technical Document (Publication Numbers: TD04002001E)
Manual (Publication Number: TD04002003E)
Contact Name, Number:
Eaton Electrical Inc.
1000 Cherrington Parkway
Moon Township, PA 15108-4312
Tel: 1-800-525-2000
www.EatonElectrical.com

1-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Chapter 2
Overview of the GVX9000 Drive

Inside this chapter …

Overview of the
GVX9000 Drive
Receiving and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Nameplate Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Catalog Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Style Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
External Parts and Label Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Digital Keypad Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

GVX9000 User Manual 2-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Receiving and Inspection

Receiving and Inspection


This GVX9000 AC drive has gone through quality control tests at the factory before
shipment. After receiving the AC motor drive, please check for the following:
• Check to make sure that the package includes an AC drive and User Manual.
• Inspect the unit to insure it was not damaged during shipment.
• Make sure that the part number indicated on the nameplate corresponds with
the part number of your order.
Overview of the
GVX9000 Drive

Nameplate Information

Catalog Number Cat. No. :


Style Number Style No. : GVX005A1-2
Input Spec. Input : 200-240Vac, 50-60Hz, 3ph, 20.6A
Output Spec. Output : CT: 0-240Vac, 3PH, 17A, 5HP
VT: 0-240Vac, 3PH, 17A, 5HP
Output Frequency Range Frequency Range : 0.1-400Hz Output
Serial Number Bar Code LISTED
7 82116 97861 8 Ind. Cont. Eq.
19XK

G005A120T6160001
MADE IN XXXXXX

Figure 2-1: Example of 5 hp 230V AC drive

2-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Receiving and Inspection

Catalog Number
Table 2-1: GVX9000 Catalog Numbering System
GVX 001 A 1 - 2

Model Number Voltage


2 = 230V AC
Motor Horsepower 4 = 460V AC

Overview of the
5 = 575V AC

GVX9000 Drive
001 = 1 hp (0.7 kW) 025 = 25 hp (18.5 kW)
002 = 2 hp (1.5 kW) 030 = 30 hp (22 kW)
003 = 3 hp (2.2 kW) 040 = 40 hp (30 kW) Enclosure
005 = 5 hp (3.7 kW) 050 = 50 hp (37 kW)
007 = 7-1/2 hp (5.5 kW) 060 = 60 hp (45 kW)
010 = 10 hp (7.5 kW) 075 = 75 hp (55 kW) Version Type
015 = 15 hp (11 kW) 100 = 100 hp (75 kW)
020 = 20 hp (15 kW)

GVX9000 User Manual 2-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

External Parts and Label Locations

Style Number
The style number contains the same information as the Catalog Number, and is
used internally for ordering purposes.

External Parts and Label Locations


Overview of the
GVX9000 Drive

RUN
STO
P FW
D REV
FW LOC
D
REV
LO
REMC

+1 +2 B1 - B2 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3


Screw Torque :
18Kgf-cm
Wire Gauge :
18~10AWG

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3

Figure 2-2: Parts and Label

2-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 5 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Digital Keypad Operation

Digital Keypad Operation


The digital keypad includes the display panel and the keypad. The display panel
provides the parameter display and shows the operation status of the AC drive.
The keypad provides programming and control interface.

LCD Display
Indicates Motor and
Drive Parameter

Overview of the
LOC REM Key

GVX9000 Drive
Switches the Control LED Indicators
from Local Control Source Lamp Lights During Run,
RUN STOP FWD REV LOC
to Remote Control Source Stop, Fwd, Rev, Loc Operations
FORWARD REVERSE Key FWD LOC START Key
REV REM
Start Command
STOP/RESET Key
Stop Command and Reset
Up, Down and the Drive After a Fault Occurs
Right/Left Keys
Scrolls Display, ENTER Key
Enter/Exit Parameter Mode, Used in Parameter Mode
Change Parameter Settings to Enter and Change Values

Figure 2-3: Description of Digital Keypad


Table 2-2: Keypad Operators
START
This button operates as Start button for normal operation
• Motor START from the panel; active control place has to be
selected at “Panel”
ENTER
This button in the parameter edit mode is used to enter the
programming mode and enter the parameter selection.
• used for parameter edit confirmation, acceptance (confirmation)
of the edited parameter value with exit from parameter edit mode
STOP / RESET
This button has two integrated operations. The button operates as
Stop button for normal operation. In the parameter edit mode it is
used to cancel previous action and back-up one step, and in fault
mode it is used to reset the fault.
STOP
• motor STOP from the panel; active control place has to be
selected at “Panel”
RESET
• used to reset an Active Fault on the drive and shown in the
display

GVX9000 User Manual 2-5


MN04000001E.book Page 6 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Digital Keypad Operation

Table 2-2. Keypad Operators, Continued


This button switches the Control Location from the Local Source to
LOC the Remote Source.
REM
This button changes the direction of the motor connected to the
FWD GVX9000 drive.
REV
Overview of the
GVX9000 Drive

LEFT Arrow
• navigation button, movement to left
• in display mode, enter parameter group mode
• in parameter edit mode, exits mode, backs up one step
• cancels edited parameter (exit from a parameter edit mode)

RIGHT Arrow
• navigation button, movement to right
• enter parameter group mode
• enter parameter mode from group mode
• Changes the cursor location when entering data into a parameter
UP and DOWN Arrows
• move either up or down the group list in order to select the
desired group menu.
• move either up or down the parameter list in order to select the
desired parameter in the group.
• increasing/decreasing of reference value on the keyboard (when
selected).

2-6 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Chapter 3
Storage and Installation

Inside this chapter …

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Pollution Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Storage and
Installation
Mounting Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Applicable Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Basic Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
External Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Control Terminal Wiring (Factory Settings) . . . . . . . . 3-11
Main Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Wiring Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Motor Operation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

GVX9000 User Manual 3-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Storage

Storage
The AC drive should be stored in the shipping carton before installation. In order
to retain the warranty coverage, the AC drive should be stored properly when it is
not to be used for an extended period of time. Some storage suggestions are:
• Store in a clean and dry location free from direct sunlight or corrosive fumes.
• Store within an ambient temperature range of -20 to +60°C.
• Store within a relative humidity range of 0 to 90% and non-condensing
environment.
• Store within an air pressure range of 86 to 106 kPA.

Environment
Operation
Air Temperature: 1 hp – 100 hp -10 to +50°C (14 to 122°F)
Relative Humidity: 0% to 90%, no condensation allowed
Storage and
Installation

Atmosphere Pressure: 86 to 106 kPa


Installation Site Altitude: below 1000m
Vibration: Maximum 9.80 m/s2 (1G) at less than 20 Hz
Maximum 5.88 m/s2 (0.6G) at 20 to 50 Hz

Storage
Temperature: -20 to +60°C (-4 to 140°F)
Relative Humidity: Less than 90%, no condensation allowed
Atmosphere Pressure: 86 to 106 kPa

Transportation
Temperature: -20 to +60°C (-4 to 140°F)
Relative Humidity: Less than 90%, no condensation allowed
Atmosphere Pressure: 86 to 106 kPa
Vibration: Maximum 9.80 m/s2 (1G) at less than 20 Hz,
Maximum 5.88 m/s2 (0.6G) at 20 to 50 Hz

Pollution Degree
UL Type 0, Pollution Degree 2: good for a factory type environment
Relative Humidity: Less than 90%, no condensation allowed
Atmosphere Pressure: 86 to 106 kPa

3-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Mounting Area

Mounting Area
Improper installation of the AC drive will greatly reduce its life. Be sure to
observe the following precautions when selecting a mounting location. Failure to
observe these precautions may void the warranty!
Do not mount the AC drive near heat-radiating elements or in direct sunlight.
Do not install the AC drive in a place subjected to high temperature, high
humidity, excessive vibration, corrosive gases or liquids, or airborne dust or
metallic particles.
Mount the AC drive vertically and do not restrict the air flow to the heatsink fins.
The AC drive generates heat. Allow sufficient space around the unit for heat
dissipation as shown in Figure 3-1.

Storage and
Installation
5.9 (150)
or More Air Flow

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

2.0 (50) FWD


REV
LOC
REM
2.0 (50)
or More or More

GVX9000
Sensorless Vector

! WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WAIT AT LEASTS 10 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING.
SEE USER’S MANUAL FOR OPERATION.

5.9 (150)
or More

Figure 3-1: Mounting in an Enclosure in Inches (mm)

CAUTION!
When mounting in an enclosure, allow for the recommended free
space. Failure to allow adequate air flow may result in drive over
temperature.

GVX9000 User Manual 3-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Wiring

Wiring
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Before opening the AC drive covers:
• Disconnect all power to the AC drive.
Wait five minutes for DC bus capacitors discharge.
Any electrical or mechanical modification to this equipment without prior
written consent of Eaton will void all warranties and may result in a safety
hazard in addition to voiding the UL listing.
Short Circuit Withstand: The rated voltage for AC motor drive must be equal or
less than 240V (equal or less than 480V for 460V models, equal or less than 600V
for 575V models) and the mains supply current capacity must be equal or less
than 5000A RMS (equal or less than 10000A RMS for the 40 hp [30 kW] models).

Applicable Codes
All Eaton GVX9000 AC drives are Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and Canadian
Underwriters Laboratories (cUL) listed, and therefore comply with the requirements
Storage and
Installation

of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and the Canadian Electrical Code (CEC).
Installation intended to meet the UL and cUL requirements must follow the
instructions provided in “Wiring Notes” as a minimum standard. Follow all local
codes that exceed UL and cUL requirements. Refer to the technical data label
affixed to the AC drive and the motor nameplate for electrical data.
The “Line Fuse Specification” in Appendix C lists the recommended fuse part
number for each GVX9000 part number. These fuses (or equivalent) must be
used on all installations where compliance with UL standards is required.
According to the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and the Amendment Directive
93/68/EEC Digital Keypad, the following AC Motor Drives, GVX001A1-2, GVX002A1-2,
GVX003A1-2, GVX005A1-2, GVX007A1-2, GVX010A1-2, GVX015A1-2, GVX020A1-2,
GVX025A1-2, GVX030A1-2, GVX040A1-2, GVX050A1-2, GVX001A1-4, GVX002A1-4,
GVX003A1-4, GVX005A1-4, GVX007A1-4, GVX010A1-4, GVX015A1-4, GVX020A1-4,
GVX025A1-4, GVX030A1-4, GVX040A1-4, GVX050A1-4, GVX060A1-4, GVX075A1-4,
GVX100A1-4, GVX001A1-5, GVX002A1-5, GVX003A1-5, GVX005A1-5, GVX007A1-5,
GVX010A1-5, GVX015A1-5, GVX020A1-5, GVX025A1-5, GVX030A1-5, GVX040A1-5,
GVX050A1-5, GVX060A1-5, GVX075A1-5, GVX100A1-5, are herewith confirmed to
comply with the requirements set out in the Council Directive 73/23/EEC for electrical
equipment used within certain voltage limits and the Amendment Directive 93/68/EEC.
For the evaluation of the compliance with this Directive, the following standard was
applied: EN 50178.

3-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 5 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Applicable Codes

According to the Electromagnetic Compatibility 89/336/EEC and the Amendment


Directive 93/68/EEC, the following equipment, AC Motor Drive, GVX001A1-2,
GVX002A1-2, GVX003A1-2, GVX005A1-2, GVX007A1-2, GVX010A1-2, GVX015A1-2,
GVX020A1-2, GVX025A1-2, GVX030A1-2, GVX040A1-2, GVX050A1-2, GVX001A1-4,
GVX002A1-4, GVX003A1-4, GVX005A1-4, GVX007A1-4, GVX010A1-4, GVX015A1-4,
GVX020A1-4, GVX025A1-4, GVX030A1-4, GVX040A1-4, GVX050A1-4, GVX060A1-4,
GVX075A1-4, GVX100A1-4, GVX001A1-5, GVX002A1-5, GVX003A1-5, GVX005A1-5,
GVX007A1-5, GVX010A1-5, GVX015A1-5, GVX020A1-5, GVX025A1-5, GVX030A1-5,
GVX040A1-5, GVX050A1-5, GVX060A1-5, GVX075A1-5, GVX100A1-5, is herewith
confirmed to comply with the requirements set out in the Council Directive 89/336/EEC
for electromagnetic compatibility and the Amendment Directive 93/68/EEC. For the
evaluation of the compliance with this Directive, the following standards were applied:
EN61800-3, EN55011, EN50081-2, EN50082-2, EN61000-4-2, EN61000-4-3, EN61000-4-4,
EN61000-4-5, EN61000-4-6, EN61000-4-8.

Storage and
Installation

GVX9000 User Manual 3-5


MN04000001E.book Page 6 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Basic Wiring Diagram

Basic Wiring Diagram


For Models of GVX9000 Series — 1 to 5 horsepower

Braking Resistor/Unit (Optional)


Refer to Appendix for the use of Special Braking Resistor/Unit

GBM BR
DC Choke
(Optional) BR
Fuse/NFB Jumper
(None Fuse Breaker)
+1 +2/B1 B2 -
(minus sign)
R(L1) R(L1) Motor
U(T1)
S(L2) S(L2) IM
V(T2)
T(L3) T(L3) 3~
E W(T3)
Factory Setting: SINK Mode
Sink E
Refer to Figure 3-4 for
Sw1 wiring of SINK Mode
and SOURCE Mode. RA1
Source +24V
RUN/STOP RA3 Factory Setting:
D1
Storage and
Installation

REV/FWD Drive Running


D2 RA2
Multi-Step 1
D3
Multi-Step 2 RB1 Factory Setting:
D4
Multi-Step 3 Fault Indication
D5 RB2 48V50mA
Multi-Step 4
Factory D6 DO1 Factory Setting:
Setting Reset Warning
D7
E.F.
D8 Factory Setting: Freq.
D9 DO2 Setting Indication
48V50mA
D10
Digital Signal Common Digital Output
COM DOC Common
* Donít apply the mai ns voltage E
directly to above terminals. Analog Multi-Function
AO+
Output Terminal
+10V Factory Default: Analog
Power Supply Freq./Current Meter
A- 0~10VDC/2mA
3 +10V 20mA
2 AI1 E Analog Signal Common
DPO Digital Frequency
1
4~20mA Output Terminal
AI2
-10~+10V Factory Setting: 1:1
AI3 Duty=50%
A- COM Digital Signal Common
Analog Signal Common 6 1
E RS-485
Serial Interface
3: SG-
Main Circuit (Power) Terminals 4: SG+
Control Circuit Terminals
* Three-phase input power may apply to single-phase drives.
* For the single-phase drives, the AC input line can be
Shielded Leads & Cable connected to any two of the three input terminals R, S, T.

Figure 3-2: Wiring Diagram — 1 – 5 hp

3-6 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 7 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Basic Wiring Diagram

For Models of GVX9000 Series — 7-1/2 to 100 horsepower

Braking Resistor/Unit (Optional)


Refer to Appendix for the use of Special Braking Resistor/Unit
GBM BR
DC Choke
(Optional)
Fuse/NFB Jumper
(None Fuse Breaker)
+1 +2 -
(minus sign)
R(L1) R(L1) Motor
U(T1)
S(L2) S(L2) IM
V(T2)
T(L3) T(L3) 3~
E W(T3)
Factory Setting: SINK Mode
Sink E
Refer to Figure 3-4 for
Sw1 wiring of SINK Mode
and SOURCE Mode. RA1
Source +24V
RUN/STOP RA3 Factory Setting:
D1
REV/FWD Drive Running
D2 RA2

Storage and
Installation
Multi-Step 1
D3
Multi-Step 2 RB1 Factory Setting:
D4
Multi-Step 3 Fault Indication
D5 RB2 48V50mA
Multi-Step 4
Factory D6 DO1 Factory Setting:
Setting Reset Warning
D7
E.F.
D8 Factory Setting: Freq.
D9 DO2 Setting Indication
48V50mA
D10
Digital Signal Common Digital Output
COM DOC Common
* Don’t apply the mains voltage E
directly to above terminals. Analog Multi-Function
AO+
Output Terminal
+10V Factory Default: Analog
Power Supply Freq./Current Meter
A- 0~10VDC/2mA
3 +10V 20mA
2 AI1 E Analog Signal Common
DPO Digital Frequency
1
4~20mA Output Terminal
AI2
-10~+10V Factory Setting: 1:1
AI3 Duty=50%
A- COM Digital Signal Common
Analog Signal Common 6 1
E RS-485
Serial Interface
3: SG-
Main Circuit (Power) Terminals 4: SG+
Control Circuit Terminals
* Three-phase input power may apply to single-phase drives.
* For the single-phase drives, the AC input line can be
Shielded Leads & Cable connected to any two of the three input terminals R, S, T.

Figure 3-3: Wiring Diagram — 7-1/2 – 100 hp

GVX9000 User Manual 3-7


MN04000001E.book Page 8 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Basic Wiring Diagram

Sink and Source Modes

SINK Mode
+24V
Sink RUN/STOP
D1
Sw1 REV/FWD
D2
Source Multi-Step 1
D3
Multi-Step 2
D4
Multi-Step 3
D5
Multi-Step 4
Factory D6
Setting Reset
D7
E.F.
D8
D9
D10
Digital Signal Common
COM
* Don’t apply the mains voltage E
directly to above terminals.
Storage and
Installation

SOURCE Mode
+24V
Sink RUN/STOP
D1
Sw1 REV/FWD
D2
Source Multi-Step 1
D3
Multi-Step 2
D4
Multi-Step 3
D5
Multi-Step 4
Factory D6
Setting Reset
D7
E.F.
D8
D9
D10
Digital Signal Common
COM
* Don’t apply the mains voltage E
directly to above terminals.

Main Circuit (Power) Terminals


Control Circuit Terminals

Shielded Leads & Cable

Figure 3-4: Wiring Diagram — Sink and Source Modes

3-8 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 9 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

External Wiring

External Wiring

Power Supply Power Supply

FUSE/NFB FUSE/NFB

Magnetic Magnetic
Contactor Contactor

Input AC Input AC
Line Reactor Line Reactor

Storage and
Installation
EMI Filter EMI Filter

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 R/L1 S/L2 T/L3


+1 +1
DC Choke DC Choke
+2/B1 +2
Braking
Unit Braking
B2 Unit
Braking
Resistor
- -

U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

Output AC Output AC
Line Reactor Line Reactor

Do Not Connect
Motor Motor Resistor Directly
to Drive.

Figure 3-5: External Wiring — Figure 3-6: External Wiring —


1 – 15 hp 20 – 100 hp

GVX9000 User Manual 3-9


MN04000001E.book Page 10 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

External Wiring

Table 3-1: Wiring Items


Items Explanations

Input Power Please follow the specific power supply requirement shown
in Appendix A.
Fuse Please check the Fuse Specification table in Appendix C for
proper fuse selection.
Magnetic Contactor Please do not use a Magnetic Contactor as the ON/OFF
(Optional) switch of the AC drive, this will reduce the operating life of
the AC drive. The contactor should only be used as a safety
device for disconnecting power to the drive.
Line/Load Reactor To improve the power factor. An AC Reactor may be necessary
(Optional) when capacity is above 1000 kVA, and the wiring distance is
within 10m.
EMI Filter (Optional) Used to reduce the electromagnetic interference.
Braking Resistor Used to reduce stopping time of the motor. Please refer to
(Optional) the Braking Resistor table in Appendix C for specific Braking
Resistors.
Storage and
Installation

Note: Please refer to Appendix C for more details on the Circuit Breaker and Fuse
Specification tables.

3-10 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 11 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Control Terminal Wiring (Factory Settings)

Control Terminal Wiring (Factory Settings)

+24V +10V
RUN/STOP D1 AI1
FWD/REV D2 AI2 4~20mA
Multi-Step 1 D3 AI3 –10V~+10V
Full Scale Voltmeter 0 to 10V DC,
Multi-Step 2 D4 AO+ Factory Setting: Analog Frequency
Multi-Step 3 D5 A–
Multi-Step 4 D6 DO1 Digital Output Factory Setting: Warning
DO2 Digital Output Factory Setting:
External Reset D7 Frequency Setting Indication
External Fault D8 DOC Digital Output Common
Parameter Disable D9
Parameter Disable D10 RB2 Factory Setting Fault Indication
RB1 NO Relay Output
Digital Frequency Output DPO RA3 NC Relay Output

Storage and
Installation
Digital Signal Common COM RA2 Factory Setting Drive Running
RA1 NO Relay Output

Figure 3-7: Control Terminal Wiring (Sink Mode)

+24V +10V
RUN/STOP D1 AI1
REV/FWD D2 AI2 4~20mA
Multi-Step 1 D3 AI3 –10V~+10V
Full Scale Voltmeter 0 to 10V DC,
Multi-Step 2 D4 AO+ Factory Setting: Analog Frequency
Multi-Step 3 D5 A–
Multi-Step 4 D6 DO1 Digital Output Factory Setting: Warning
DO2 Digital Output Factory Setting:
External Reset D7 Frequency Setting Indication
External Fault D8 DOC Digital Output Common
Parameter Disable D9
Parameter Disable D10 RB2 Factory Setting Fault Indication
RB1 NO Relay Output
Digital Frequency Output DPO RA3 NC Relay Output
Digital Signal Common COM RA2 Factory Setting Drive Running
RA1 NO Relay Output

Figure 3-8: Control Terminal Wiring (Source Mode)


Note: For Wire Gauge and Torque tightening specifications, please refer to
Table 3-3.

GVX9000 User Manual 3-11


MN04000001E.book Page 12 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Main Circuit Wiring

Table 3-2: Terminal Symbols


Terminal
Symbols Terminal Name Remarks

RA1 - RA3 Digital Output Relay 1 (FORM C) Refer to 40.03, 40.04


RB1 - RB2 Digital Output Relay 2 (FORM A)
D01 - DOC Digital Photocouple Outputs Refer to 40.05, 40.06
D02 - DOC
RJ12 Port Serial Communication port RS-485 serial communication
interface
+10V -A- 10V power supply
AI1 -A- Analog voltage input 1 0 – 10V input
AI2 -A- Analog voltage input 2 4 – 20 mA input
AI3 -A- Analog voltage input 3 -10 to 10V input
A0+ -A- Analog voltage output 0 to 10V output
D1 - COM Digital Inputs 1 – 10 Refer to 30.20 – 30.28
to
Storage and
Installation

D10 - COM
DPO - COM Digital Pulse Output Refer to 40.08
+24 - COM 24V Power Supply Used for Source mode

Main Circuit Wiring

Model
GVX001A1-2
GVX002A1-2
GVX003A1-2
GVX005A1-2
GVX001A1-4
GVX002A1-4
GVX003A1-4
+1 +2 B1 - B2 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3
Screw Torque :
GVX005A1-4
18Kgf-cm
Wire Gauge :
18~10AWG
GVX001A1-5
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 GVX002A1-5
GVX003A1-5
GVX005A1-5

Figure 3-9: Main Circuit — 1 to 5 hp

3-12 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 13 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Main Circuit Wiring

Storage and
Installation
Model
GVX007A1-2
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +2 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3
GVX010A1-2
+1 B2
POWER B1 IM
3~ MOTOR GVX015A1-2
GVX007A1-4
GVX010A1-4
GVX015A1-4
GVX007A1-5
GVX010A1-5
GVX015A1-5

Figure 3-10: Main Circuit — 7-1/2 to 15 hp

GVX9000 User Manual 3-13


MN04000001E.book Page 14 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Main Circuit Wiring


Storage and
Installation

IM
3~

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1 +2 - U/T1 V/T2 W/T3


POWER DC (+) DC ( - ) IM
3~ MOTOR Model
GVX020A1-2
GVX025A1-2
GVX030A1-2
GVX020A1-4
GVX025A1-4
GVX030A1-4
GVX020A1-5
GVX025A1-5
GVX030A1-5

Figure 3-11: Main Circuit — 20 to 30 hp

3-14 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 15 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Main Circuit Wiring

Storage and
Installation
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1 +2 - U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

IM
POWER 3~ MOTOR

Model
GVX040A1-4
GVX050A1-4
GVX040A1-5
GVX050A1-5
GVX060A1-5

Figure 3-12: Main Circuit — 40 to 50 hp, 460V; 40 to 60 hp, 575V

GVX9000 User Manual 3-15


MN04000001E.book Page 16 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Main Circuit Wiring


Storage and
Installation

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1 +2 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

POWER
Screw Torque:
200kgf-cm (173in-lbf)
IM
3~ MOTOR Model
GVX040A1-2
GVX050A1-2
GVX060A1-4
GVX075A1-4
GVX100A1-4
GVX075A1-5
GVX100A1-5

Figure 3-13: Main Circuit — 40 to 50 hp, 230V; 60 to 100 hp, 460V;


75 to 100 hp, 575V

3-16 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 17 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Main Circuit Wiring

Table 3-3: Wire Gauge and Torque Tightening


Wire Type: 75ºC Copper Only
Max.
Voltage Current Wire Gauge Torque Rating
Catalog Horsepower in Amps in AWG in kgf-cm
Number (kW) (Input/Output) (mm2) [in-lb]

GVX001A1-2 240V, 1 hp (0.7) 11.9 / 5 14 (2.1) 18 [15.6]


GVX002A1-2 240V, 2 hp (1.5) 15.3 / 7 12 (3.3) 18 [15.6]
GVX003A1-2 240V, 3 hp (2.2) 22.0 / 11 10 (5.3) 18 [15.6]
GVX005A1-2 240V, 5 hp (3.7) 20.6 / 17 10 (5.3) 18 [15.6]
GVX007A1-2 240V, 7-1/2 hp (5.5) 26 / 25 8 (8.4) 30 [26.0]
GVX010A1-2 240V, 10 hp (7.5) 34 / 33 8 (8.4) 30 [26.0]
GVX015A1-2 240V, 15 hp (11) 50 / 49 6 (13.3) 30 [26.0]
GVX020A1-2 240V, 20 hp (15) 60 / 65 4 (21.2) 30 [26.0]
GVX025A1-2 240V, 25 hp (18.5) 75 / 75 3 (26.7) 30 [26.0]
GVX030A1-2 240V, 30 hp (22) 90 / 90 2 (33.6) 30 [26.0]
GVX040A1-2 240V, 40 hp (30) 110 / 120 1/0 (53.5) 200 [173.6]
GVX050A1-2 240V, 50 hp (37) 142 / 145 3/0 (85) 200 [173.6]

Storage and
Installation
GVX001A1-4 480V, 1 hp (0.7) 3.2 / 2.7 18 (0.8) 18 [15.6]
GVX002A1-4 480V, 2 hp (1.5) 4.3 / 4.2 18 (0.8) 18 [15.6]
GVX003A1-4 480V, 3 hp (2.2) 5.9 / 5.5 18 (0.8) 18 [15.6]
GVX005A1-4 480V, 5 hp (3.7) 11.2 / 8.5 18 (0.8) 18 [15.6]
GVX007A1-4 480V, 7-1/2 hp (5.5) 19 / 18 10 (5.3) 30 [26.0]
GVX010A1-4 480V, 10 hp (7.5) 25 / 24 8 (8.4) 30 [26.0]
GVX015A1-4 480V, 15 hp (11) 33 / 32 8 (8.4) 30 [26.0]
GVX020A1-4 480V, 20 hp (15) 46 / 38 6 (13.3) 30 [26.0]
GVX025A1-4 480V, 25 hp (18.5) 56 / 45 4 (21.2) 30 [26.0]
GVX030A1-4 480V, 30 hp (22) 70 / 60 3 (26.7) 30 [26.0]
GVX040A1-4 480V, 40 hp (30) 75 / 73 3 (26.7) 57 [49.5]
GVX050A1-4 480V, 50 hp (37) 95 / 91 2 (33.6) 57 [49.5]
GVX060A1-4 480V, 60 hp (45) 110 / 110 1/0 (53.5) 200 [173.6]
GVX075A1-4 480V, 75 hp (55) 150 / 150 3/0 (85) 200 [173.6]
GVX100A1-4 480V, 100 hp (75) 180 / 180 4/0 (107.2) 200 [173.6]
GVX001A1-5 575V, 1 hp (0.7) 1.2 / 1.7 18 (0.8) 18 [15.6]
GVX002A1-5 575V, 2 hp (1.5) 3.1 / 3.5 18 (0.8) 18 [15.6]
GVX003A1-5 575V, 3 hp (2.2) 4.0 / 4.5 18 (0.8) 18 [15.6]
GVX005A1-5 575V, 5 hp (3.7) 8.3 / 7.5 14 (2.1) 18 [15.6]
GVX007A1-5 575V, 7-1/2 hp (5.5) 10.3 / 10 14 (2.1) 30 [26]
GVX010A1-5 575V, 10 hp (7.5) 13.8 / 13.5 12 (3.3) 30 [26]
GVX015A1-5 575V, 15 hp (11) 18.2 / 19 12 (3.3) 30 [26]
GVX020A1-5 575V, 20 hp (15) 22 / 22 10 (5.3) 30 [26]
GVX025A1-5 575V, 25 hp (18.5) 27.7 / 27 8 (8.4) 30 [26]
GVX030A1-5 575V, 30 hp (22) 32 / 34 8 (8.4) 30 [26]
GVX040A1-5 575V, 40 hp (30) 41 / 41 6 (13.3) 58.7 [50.9]
GVX050A1-5 575V, 50 hp (37) 52 / 52 4 (21.2) 58.7 [50.9]
GVX060A1-5 575V, 60 hp (45) 62 / 62 3 (26.7) 58.7 [50.9]
GVX075A1-5 575V, 75 hp (55) 74 / 80 2 (33.6) 200 [173]
GVX100A1-5 575V, 100 hp (75) 91 / 100 1/0 (53.5) 200 [173]

GVX9000 User Manual 3-17


MN04000001E.book Page 18 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Wiring Notes

Wiring Notes
Please read prior to Installation
CAUTION!
Do not connect the AC power to the T1, T2, T3 terminals, it will
damage the AC drive.
WARNING!
Make sure that all screws are tightened to the proper torque rating
shown in Table 3-3.

• During installation, follow all local electrical, construction, and safety codes
for the country in which the drive is installed.
• Make sure that the appropriate protective devices (circuit breaker or fuses)
are connected between the power supply and AC drive.
• Make sure that the leads are connected correctly and the AC drive is properly
grounded.
Storage and
Installation

• Use ground leads that comply with AWG/MCM standards and keep them as
short as possible.
• Multiple GVX9000 units can be installed in one location. All the units should
be grounded directly to a common ground terminal. The GVX9000 ground
terminals may also be connected in parallel, as shown in the Figure 3-14.
Make sure there are no ground loops.

Yes Yes No
Forward
Running

Figure 3-14: Parallel Grounding


• When the AC drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2 and W/T3 are connected to
the motor terminals T1, T2 and T3, respectively, the motor will rotate
counterclockwise (as viewed from the shaft ends of the motor) when a
forward operation command is received. To reverse the direction of motor
rotation, switch over any of the two motor leads.
• Make sure that the power source is capable of supplying the correct voltage
and required current to the AC drive.
• Do not attach or remove wiring when power is applied to the AC drive.

3-18 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 19 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Motor Operation Precautions

• Do not inspect components unless the inside “POWER” lamp has turned off.
• Do not monitor the signals on the circuit board while the AC drive is in
operation.
• For the single-phase rated AC drives, the AC power can be connected to any
two of the three input terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3. Note: This drive is not
intended for use with single-phase motors.
• Route the power and control wires separately, or at a 90 degree angle to each
other.
• If a filter is required for reducing EMI (Electro Magnetic Interference), install it
as close as possible to the AC drive. EMI can also be reduced by lowering the
Carrier Frequency.
• If the AC drive is installed in the place where a load reactor is needed, install
the filter close to U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 side of AC drive. Do not use a Capacitor or
L-C Filter (Inductance-Capacitance) or R-C Filter (Resistance-Capacitance),
unless approved by Eaton.
• When using a GFCI (Ground Fault Circuit Interrupt), select a current sensor
with sensitivity of 200 mA, and not less than 0.1-second detection to avoid

Storage and
Installation
nuisance tripping.

Motor Operation Precautions


• When using the AC drive to operate a standard 3-phase induction motor,
notice that the energy loss is greater than for an inverter duty motor.
• Avoid running a standard induction motor at low speed. Under these
conditions, the motor temperature may rise above the motor rating due to
limited airflow produced by the motor’s fan.
• When the standard motor operates at low speed, the output load must be
decreased.
• If 100% output torque is desired at low speed, it may be necessary to use a
special “inverter-duty” rated motor.

GVX9000 User Manual 3-19


MN04000001E.book Page 20 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Motor Operation Precautions

This page intentionally left blank.


Storage and
Installation

3-20 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Chapter 4
Start-Up Procedures

Inside this chapter …

Step-by-Step Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2


Mounting Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Inverter Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Wiring Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Wire Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Manual Motor Starters/UL489
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Wiring the Inverter to Incoming Power . . . . . . . . 4-10
Wiring the Motor to the Inverter Output . . . . . . . 4-11
Power-Up Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Powering the Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Procedures
Start-Up

GVX9000 User Manual 4-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Step-by-Step Installation

This chapter will explain the installation of the GVX9000 general purpose drive.
Be sure to read and follow all instructions for a successful installation.

WARNING!
This equipment should be installed, adjusted, and serviced by qualified
electrical maintenance personnel familiar with the construction and
operation of the equipment and the hazards involved. Failure to
observe this precaution could result in bodily injury.

Step-by-Step Installation
1. Read all instructions and warnings associated with mounting the GVX9000.
2. Select a suitable mounting location.
3. Check the inverter mounting dimensions for footprint and mounting hole
locations.
4. Connect the wiring for the inverter input.
5. Connect the wiring to the motor.
6. Perform a power-up test.
7. Make observations and re-check the installation.

Mounting Location
Step 1: Study the following caution messages associated with mounting the
inverter.

CAUTION!
Procedures
Start-Up

Be sure to install the unit on flame-resistant material such as a steel


plate. Otherwise, there is the danger of fire.
CAUTION!
Be sure to install the unit on a perpendicular wall which is not subject
to vibration. Otherwise, it may fall and cause injury to personnel.
CAUTION!
Be sure not to let the foreign matter enter vent openings in the
inverter housing, such as wire clippings, spatter from welding, metal
shavings, dust, etc. Otherwise, there is the danger of fire.

4-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Step-by-Step Installation

CAUTION!
Be sure not to install or operate an inverter which is damaged or has
missing parts. Otherwise, it may cause injury to personnel.
CAUTION!
Be sure to install the inverter in a well-ventilated room which does not
have direct exposure to sunlight, a tendency for high temperature,
high humidity or dew condensation, high levels of dust, corrosive gas,
explosive gas, inflammable gas, grinding-fluid mist, salt damage, etc.
Otherwise, there is the danger of fire.

Step 2: The installation should be made on a solid, non-flammable, vertical


surface that is a relatively clean and dry environment. In order to ensure enough
room for air circulation around the inverter to aid in cooling, maintain the
specified clearance around the inverter specified in Figure 4-1.

5.9 (150)
or More Air Flow

Procedures
Start-Up
RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

2.0 (50) FWD


REV
LOC
REM
2.0 (50)
or More or More

GVX9000
Sensorless Vector

! WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WAIT AT LEASTS 10 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING.
SEE USER’S MANUAL FOR OPERATION.

5.9 (150)
or More

Figure 4-1: Clearances and Air Flow in Inches (mm)

GVX9000 User Manual 4-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Step-by-Step Installation

Please observe this checklist while mounting the inverter:


• The ambient temperature must be in the range of -10 to 50ºC (1 to 100 hp).
• Keep any other heat-producing equipment as far away from the inverter as
possible.
• When installing the inverter in an enclosure, maintain the clearance around
the inverter and verify that its ambient temperature is within specification
when the enclosure door is closed.
• Do not open the main front panel door at any time during operation.
Step 3: Before proceeding to the wiring section, temporarily cover the inverter’s
ventilation openings. Paper and masking tape is all that is needed to do this. This
will prevent harmful debris such as wire clippings and metal shavings from
entering the inverter during installation.

Inverter Mounting
Step 4: Locate the applicable drawing in the Appendix for the inverter unit.
Dimensions are given in inches (millimeters) format.
Note: Some inverter housings require two mounting screws, while others require
four. Be sure to use lockwashers or other means to ensure screws do not loosen
due to vibration.

Wiring Preparation
Step 5: It is very important to perform the wiring steps carefully and correctly.
Before proceeding, please study the caution and warning messages below.
Procedures
Start-Up

WARNING!
Use 75ºC Cu wire only or equivalent.

WARNING!
The rated voltage for AC motor drive must be equal or less than
240V (equal or less than 480V for 460V models, equal or less than
600V for 575V models) and the mains supply current capacity must
be equal or less than 5000A RMS (equal or less than 10000A RMS
for the 40 hp [30 kW] models).

HIGH VOLTAGE!
Be sure to ground the unit. Otherwise, there is danger of electric shock
and/or fire.

HIGH VOLTAGE!
Wiring work shall be carried out only by qualified personnel.
Otherwise, there is a danger of electric shock or fire.

4-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 5 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Step-by-Step Installation

Wire Sizes
The maximum motor currents in the application determine the recommended
wire size. The following table gives the wire size in AWG. The Power/Motor
column applies to the inverter input power, output wires to the motor, the ground
connection, and any other component shown in the system wiring diagram. The
“Signal Lines” column applies to any wire connecting to the External I/O
Connection inside the bottom front panel half-door.
Table 4-1: Wire Size
Motor Output
(kW/hp) Wiring
kW hp Inverter Model Power Lines Signal Lines
230V
0.75 1 GVX001A1-2 14 (2.1) 18 to 20 AWG/
1.5 2 GVX002A1-2 12 (3.3) 0.14 to 0.75 mm2
2.2 3 GVX003A1-2 10 (5.3) shielded wire
3.7 5 GVX005A1-2 10 (5.3)
5.5 7-1/2 GVX007A1-2 8 (8.4)
7.5 10 GVX010A1-2 8 (8.4)
11 15 GVX015A1-2 6 (13.3)
15 20 GVX020A1-2 4 (21.2)
18.5 25 GVX025A1-2 3 (26.7)
22 30 GVX030A1-2 2 (33.6)
30 40 GVX040A1-2 1/0 (53.5)
37 50 GVX050A1-2 3/0 (85)
460V

Procedures
Start-Up
0.75 1 GVX001A1-4 18 (0.8) 18 to 20 AWG/
1.5 2 GVX002A1-4 18 (0.8) 0.14 to 0.75 mm2
2.2 3 GVX003A1-4 18 (0.8) shielded wire
3.7 5 GVX005A1-4 18 (0.8)
5.5 7-1/2 GVX007A1-4 10 (5.3)
7.5 10 GVX010A1-4 8 (8.4)
11 15 GVX015A1-4 8 (8.4)
15 20 GVX020A1-4 6 (13.3)
18.5 25 GVX025A1-4 4 (21.2)
22 30 GVX030A1-4 3 (26.7)
30 40 GVX040A1-4 3 (26.7)
37 50 GVX050A1-4 2 (33.6)
45 60 GVX060A1-4 1/0 (53.5)
55 75 GVX075A1-4 3/0 (85)
75 100 GVX100A1-4 4/0 (107.2)

GVX9000 User Manual 4-5


MN04000001E.book Page 6 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Step-by-Step Installation

Table 4-1: Wire Size, Continued


Motor Output
(kW/hp) Wiring
kW hp Inverter Model Power Lines Signal Lines
575V
0.7 1 GVX001A1-5 18 (0.8) 18 to 20 AWG/
1.5 2 GVX002A1-5 18 (0.8) 0.14 to 0.75 mm2
2.2 3 GVX003A1-5 18 (0.8) shielded wire
3.7 5 GVX005A1-5 14 (2.1)
5.5 7-1/2 GVX007A1-5 14 (2.1)
7.5 10 GVX010A1-5 12 (3.3)
11 15 GVX015A1-5 12 (3.3)
15 20 GVX020A1-5 10 (5.3)
18.5 25 GVX025A1-5 8 (8.4)
22 30 GVX030A1-5 8 (8.4)
30 40 GVX040A1-5 6 (13.3)
37 50 GVX050A1-5 4 (21.2)
45 60 GVX060A1-5 3 (26.7)
55 75 GVX075A1-5 2 (33.6)
75 100 GVX100A1-5 1/0 (53.5)

Note 1: Field wiring must be made by a UL-listed and CSA-certified closed-loop


terminal connector sized for the wire gauge involved.
Note 2: Be sure to consider the capacity of the circuit breaker to be used.
Note 3: Be sure to use larger wires for the power lines in the distance exceeds
Procedures

20 meters.
Start-Up

4-6 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 7 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

Fuses and Circuit Breakers


The GVX9000 does not provide branch short circuit protection. This product
should be installed with either input fuses or an input circuit breaker. National
and local industrial safety regulations and/or electrical codes may determine
additional requirements for these installations.
Note: To guard against personal injury and/or equipment damage caused by
improper fusing or circuit breaker selection, use only the recommended line
fuses/circuit breakers specified in this section.

Fusing
The GVX9000 has been UL tested and approved for use with input fuses. The
ratings in Table 4-2 are the minimum recommended values for use with each
drive rating. The devices listed in this table are provided to serve as a guide.
Other devices which meet the requirements of UL508C and UL489 with similar
trip characteristics may be used in order to meet local or national electrical
codes.

Manual Motor Starters/UL489 Circuit Breakers


When using manual motor starters or UL489 rated circuit breakers, follow
manufacturer’s recommended guidelines for installation.

Procedures
Start-Up

GVX9000 User Manual 4-7


MN04000001E.book Page 8 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

Table 4-2: Fuse Specification Chart


Line Fuse
I (A) I (A) Bussmann
Model Input Output I (A) P/N MMP Recommend
230V
GVX001A1-2 (1 phase) 11.9 5 40 JJN-40 XTPR016BC1 XTCE018C10_
GVX001A1-2 (3 phase) 7.0 5 20 JJN-20 XTPR012BC1 XTCE012B10_
GVX002A1-2 (1 phase) 15.3 7 45 JJN-45 XTPR020BC1 XTCE025C10_
GVX002A1-2 (3 phase) 9.4 7 30 JJN-30 XTPR016BC1 XTCE018C10_
GVX003A1-2 (1 phase) 22.0 11 70 JJN-70 XTPR032BC1 XTCE032C10_
GVX003A1-2 (3 phase) 14.0 11 45 JJN-45 XTPR020BC1 XTCE025C10_
GVX005A1-2 20.6 17 60 JJN-60 XTPR025BC1 XTCE025C10_
GVX007A1-2 26 25 80 JJN-80 XTPR032DC1 XTCE032C10_
GVX010A1-2 34 33 100 JJN-100 XTPR050DC1 XTCE050D10_
GVX015A1-2 50 49 150 JJN-150 Consult Consult factory
GVX020A1-2 60 65 200 JJN-200 factory
GVX025A1-2 75 75 225 JJN-225
GVX030A1-2 90 90 300 JJN-300 Consult Consult factory
GVX040A1-2 110 120 350 JJN-350 factory
GVX050A1-2 142 145 450 JJN-450
460V
GVX001A1-4 3.2 2.7 10 JJS-10 XTPR004BC1 XTCE007B10_
GVX002A1-4 4.3 4.2 15 JJS-15 XTPR6P3BC1 XTCE007B10_
GVX003A1-4 5.9 5.5 20 JJS-20 XTPR010BC1 XTCE009B10_
GVX005A1-4 11.2 8.5 30 JJS-30 XTPR016BC1 XTCE018C10_
GVX007A1-4 19 18 50 JJS-50 XTPR025BC1 XTCE025C10_
GVX010A1-4 25 24 70 JJS-70 XTPR032BC1 XTCE032C10_
GVX015A1-4 33 32 100 JJS-100 XTPR040BC1 XTCE040D10_
GVX020A1-4 46 38 150 JJS-150 XTPR050BC1 XTCE050D10_
GVX025A1-4 56 45 150 JJS-150 XTPR063BC1 XTCE065D10_
Procedures
Start-Up

GVX030A1-4 70 60 200 JJS-200 Consult Consult factory


GVX040A1-4 75 73 225 JJS-225 factory
GVX050A1-4 95 91 300 JJS-300
GVX060A1-4 110 110 350 JJS-350 Consult Consult factory
GVX075A1-4 150 150 450 JJS-450 factory
GVX100A1-4 180 180 500 JJS-500
575V
GVX001A1-5 1.2 1.7 6 JJS-6 Consult Consult factory
GVX002A1-5 3.1 3.5 6 JJS-6 factory
GVX003A1-5 4.0 4.5 10 JJS-10
GVX005A1-5 8.3 7.5 20 JJS-20 Consult Consult factory
GVX007A1-5 10.3 10 20 JJS-20 factory
GVX010A1-5 13.8 13.5 30 JJS-30
GVX015A1-5 18.2 19 40 JJS-40 Consult Consult factory
GVX020A1-5 22 22 40 JJS-40 factory
GVX025A1-5 27.7 27 50 JJS-50
GVX030A1-5 32 34 70 JJS-70 Consult Consult factory
GVX040A1-5 41 41 70 JJS-70 factory
GVX050A1-5 52 52 100 JJS-100
GVX060A1-5 62 62 125 JJS-125 Consult Consult factory
GVX075A1-5 74 80 175 JJS-175 factory
GVX100A1-5 91 100 200 JJS-200

4-8 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 9 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

Table 4-3: Heat Loss Data


When mounting the GVX9000 in an enclosure the following inverter heat loss
should be considered. Failure to provide adequate cooling may cause premature
failure of the inverter and/or overtemperature faults.

Voltage
Class 230V Class
Model No. 001 002 003 005 007 010 015 020 025 030 040 050
GVX-XXXA1-2
Watt Loss at 60 82 130 194 301 380 660 750 920 1300 1340 1430
rated current
output

Voltage
Class 460V Class
Model No. 001 002 003 005 007 010 015 020 025 030 040 050 060 075 100
GVX-XXXA1-4
Watt Loss at 70 102 132 176 250 345 445 620 788 1290 1420 1680 2020 2910 3840
rated current
output

Voltage
Class 575V Class
Model No. 001 002 003 005 007 010 015 020 025 030 040 050 060 075 100
GVX-XXXA1-5

Procedures
Start-Up
Watt Loss at 37 60 76 115 174 223 295 457 555 615 773 945 1107 1461 1788
rated current
output

GVX9000 User Manual 4-9


MN04000001E.book Page 10 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

Wiring the Inverter to Incoming Power


Step 6: In this step, connect the wiring to the input of the inverter. First determine
whether the inverter model requires three-phase power only, or if it can accept
either singe-phase or three-phase power. All models have the same power
connector terminals labeled L1, L2, L3 and  (Ground). Refer to the specifications
label (on the side of the inverter) for the acceptable power source types! For
inverters which can accept single-phase power, use terminals L1 and L2.

CAUTION!
Be sure that the input voltage matches the inverter specifications:
• Single-/Three-phase 200 to 240V 50/60 Hz (up to 2.2 kW)
• Three-phase 200 to 230V 50/60 Hz (above 2.2 kW)
• Three-phase 380 to 460V 50/60 Hz
• Three-phase 500 to 600V 50/60 Hz
CAUTION!
Be sure not to connect an AC power supply
to the output terminals. Otherwise, there is Power Input Power Output
the danger of injury and/or fire. T1 T2 T3
L1 L2 L3
Note:
L1, L2, L3: Three-phase 200 to 230V 50/60 Hz
Three-phase 380 to 460V 50/60 Hz
Three-phase 500 to 600V 50/60 Hz
Procedures
Start-Up

Any two inputs:


Single-phase 200 to 240V 50/60 Hz

4-10 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 11 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

Wiring the Motor to the Inverter Output


Step 7: Connect the three-phase AC induction motor to the output of the inverter.
The motor must be a three-phase induction motor. It should also come with a
chassis ground lug. If the motor does not have three power input leads, stop the
installation and verify the motor type. Other guidelines for wiring the motor include:
• Use an inverter-grade motor for maximum motor life (1600V insulation).
• For standard motors, use the AC reactor accessory if the wiring between the
inverter and motor exceeds 30 feet (10 meters) in length.
Connect the motor to the terminals indicated on the inverter. The terminals are
labeled T1, T2 and T3. Connect the chassis ground lug on the inverter. The motor
chassis ground must also connect to the same point. Use a star ground (single
point) arrangement, and never daisy-chain the grounds (point-to-point).
Use the same wire gauge on the motor and chassis ground wiring as you used
on the power input wiring in the previous step. After completing the wiring:
• Check all wire connections both at the inverter and motor to make sure they
are secure.
• Close all access doors.
• Remove any covering placed on the inverter ventilation openings.

Procedures
Start-Up

GVX9000 User Manual 4-11


MN04000001E.book Page 12 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

Power-Up Test
Step 8: After wiring the inverter and motor, perform a power-up test. The
procedure that follows is designed for the first-time use of the drive. Verify the
following conditions before conducting the power-up test:
• The previous steps in this chapter have been followed.
• The inverter is new, and securely mounted to a non-flammable vertical
surface.
• The inverter is connected to a power source and motor.
• No additional wiring of the inverter connectors or terminals has been done.
• The power supply is reliable, and the motor is a known working unit.
• The motor is mounted, and is not connected to any load.
The following instructions apply to the power-up test, or to any time the inverter
is powered and operating. Please study the following instructions and messages
before proceeding with the power-up test.
1. The power supply must have fusing suitable for the load. Check the fuse size
chart presented in Table 4-1 if necessary.
2. Be sure you have access to a disconnect switch for the drive input power if
necessary. However, do not turn off power to the inverter during its
operation unless it is an emergency.
3. Turn the inverter’s front panel potentiometer to the MIN position (fully
counterclockwise).

CAUTION!
Procedures
Start-Up

The operation of the inverter can be easily changed from low speed to
high speed. Be sure to check the capability and limitations of the
motor and machine before operating the inverter. Otherwise, there is
the danger of injury.
CAUTION!
If you operate a motor at a frequency higher than the inverter standard
default setting (50 Hz/60 Hz), be sure to check the motor and machine
specifications with the respective manufacturer. Only operate the
motor at elevated frequencies after getting their approval. Otherwise,
there is the danger of equipment damage.

4-12 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 13 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

Powering the Inverter


If you have followed all the steps, cautions and warnings up to this point, you’re
ready to apply power. After doing so, the following events should occur:
• The LCD display will illuminate.
• The Hz, STOP, LOC, FWD LEDs will illuminate.
If the motor starts running unexpectedly or any other problem occurs, press the
STOP button. Only if necessary should you remove power to the inverter as a
remedy.
Note: If the inverter has been previously powered and programmed, the LEDs
(other than the POWER LED) may illuminate differently than as indicated above.
If necessary, you can initialize all parameters to the factory default settings. See
the initialization instructions in the Programming section.

Procedures
Start-Up

GVX9000 User Manual 4-13


MN04000001E.book Page 14 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

This page intentionally left blank.


Procedures
Start-Up

4-14 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Chapter 5
Descriptions of Parameter Settings

Inside this chapter …

Viewing and Changing Parameter Settings . . . . . . . 5-2


Parameter Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Group 20 — Easy Mode Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Group 30 — Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Explanations: Digital Input Terminal . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Group 40 — Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Function Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Group 50 — AC Drive Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Group 60 — Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
Group 70 — Protective Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Group 80 — Keypad / Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Group 90 — Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67

Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

GVX9000 User Manual 5-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Viewing and Changing Parameter Settings

This chapter contains the descriptions of the GVX9000 parameters. Parameters


are addressed and changed via the keypad for the GVX9000. For more
information on keypad operation, see Keypad Operation located in Chapter 2.

Viewing and Changing Parameter Settings


Parameters are grouped in a page arrangement. Each page will contain a list of
the parameters associated with that group. Move into the page groups from the
display menu by using the right arrow key.

40
30
Display
Hz 20
AMPS
USER

Figure 5-1: Page Groups


Select the desired parameter group by using the up and down keys. Once the
parameter group is located, use the right arrow key to enter the group. Use the
up and down keys to scroll the parameters on that page.

40
30 40.01
20 40.02
40.03
40.04
40.05
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Figure 5-2: Parameter Groups

5-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Viewing and Changing Parameter Settings

Once the parameter has been located, use the right arrow key to view the
parameter setting.

Group 30: Inputs A1 Max Volt In


30.01 - 30.50 30.01 = 10.00Vdc

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

Figure 5-3: Parameter Setting

Once in the parameter setting, use the up and down keys to scroll through the
parameters.

A1 Max Volt In A1 Min Volt In


30.01 = 10.00Vdc 30.02 = 0.00Vdc

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

Figure 5-4: Scrolling Parameters

Use the ENTER key to enter the programming mode. The displayed parameter
will flash indicating the parameter can be changed.

This digit flashes. The right


arrow key changes the
flashing digit location.
A1 Max Volt In
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

30.01 = 10.00Vdc

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

Figure 5-5: Programming Mode

GVX9000 User Manual 5-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Parameter Groups

Use the up and down keys to change the parameter setting. Press ENTER to enter
the new parameter setting.
If the parameter change is successful, the keypad will display the Value Accepted
message and return to the parameter number display. If the parameter change is
unsuccessful the keypad will display an Invalid Data message, the parameter will
not be changed, and the parameter number will again be displayed.
Note: Some parameters cannot be changed while in the RUN/START mode.

Value Accepted Invalid Data

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

Successful Parameter Change Unsuccessful Parameter Change

Figure 5-6: Parameter Changes

To exit the programming mode, press the left arrow key to return to the display
mode.

Parameter Groups
The parameters are grouped according to the following descriptions:
10 Reserved (and not displayed)
20 — Easy Mode Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
30 — Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Parameter Settings

40 — Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Descriptions of

50 — AC Drive Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30


60 — Motor Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
70 — Protective Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
80 — Keypad / Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
90 — Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67

5-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 5 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 20 — Easy Mode Settings

Group 20 — Easy Mode Settings


20.01
Easy Mode Range: 00 – 09 Default: 00
Selection 00 Factory Settings
01 Basic V/F Curve
02 PID Control
03 Preset Speeds
04 Local/Remote
05 Hand Off Auto (HOA)
06 Variable Torque (Pump/Fan)
07 Spindle Motor
08 Analog Speed Command
09 Closed Loop Vector Control
This parameter will automatically set the GVX9000 parameters to the
most common settings for each application listed (options 1 – 9). The
parameters that have been changed are shown in Appendix E. The
parameters may be further changed to tune the drive to your specific
system.
This feature offers the user several advantages
• Easily change the drive from one application setup to
another
• Learn what common parameters and settings are used for
each application
• Saves time in drive programming

Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

GVX9000 User Manual 5-5


MN04000001E.book Page 6 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

Group 30 — Inputs
30.01
A1 Maximum Range: 0.00 to 10.00V Default: 10.00
Input Voltage Unit: 0.01
(0 – 10V)
This parameter sets the maximum input voltage on terminal A1

30.02
A1 Minimum Range: 0.00 to 10.00V Default: 0.00
Input Voltage Unit: 0.01
(0 – 10V)
This parameter sets the minimum input voltage on terminal A1

30.03
A1 Maximum Range: -400.0 to 400.0 Hz Default: 60.00
Output Frequency Unit: 0.1
This parameter sets the command frequency related to 30.01

30.04
A1 Minimum Range: -400.0 to 400.0 Hz Default: 0.0
Output Frequency Unit: 0.1
This parameter sets the command frequency related to 30.02

30.05
A1 Reverse Range: 00 to 02 Default: 00
Option 00 Negative input = 30.04
01 Negative input = Reverse direction
02 Negative input = Frequency command only, no Direction

30.06
A2 Maximum Range: 0.00 to 20.00 mA Default: 20.00 mA
Input Current Unit: 0.01
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

(0 – 20 mA)
This parameter sets the maximum input voltage on terminal A2

30.07
A2 Minimum Range: 0.00 to 20.00 mA Default: 4.00 mA
Input Current Unit: 0.01
(0 – 20 mA)
This parameter sets the minimum input voltage on terminal A2

5-6 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 7 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

30.08
A2 Maximum Range: -400.0 to 400.0 Hz Default: 60.00
Output Frequency Unit: 0.1
This parameter sets the command frequency related to 30.06

30.09
A2 Minimum Range: -400.0 to 400.0 Hz Default: 0.0
Output Frequency Unit: 0.1
This parameter sets the command frequency related to 30.07

30.10
A2 Reverse Range: 00 to 02 Default: 00
Option 00 Negative input = 30.09
01 Negative input = Reverse direction
02 Negative input = Frequency command only, no Direction

30.11
A3 Maximum Range: -10.00 to 10.00V Default: 10.00V
Input Voltage Unit: 0.01
(-10 – 10V)
This parameter sets the maximum input voltage on terminal A3

30.12
A3 Minimum Range: -10.00 to 10.00V Default: -10.00V
Input Voltage Unit: 0.01
(-10 – 10V)
This parameter sets the minimum input voltage on terminal A3

30.13
A3 Maximum Range: -400.0 to 400.0 Hz Default: 60.00
Output Frequency Unit: 0.1
This parameter sets the command frequency related to 30.11
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

30.14
A3 Minimum Range: -400.0 to 400.0 Hz Default: 0.0
Output Frequency Unit: 0.1
This parameter sets the command frequency related to 30.12

30.15
A3 Reverse Range: 00 to 02 Default: 01
Option 00 Negative input = 30.14
01 Negative input = Reverse direction
02 Negative input = Frequency command only, no Direction

GVX9000 User Manual 5-7


MN04000001E.book Page 8 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

30.16
A1 Response Range: 0.00 to 10.00 sec. Default: 0.05 sec.
Time Unit: 0.01 sec.
This parameter sets the analog input filter time for terminal A1

30.17
A2 Response Range: 0.00 to 10.00 sec. Default: 0.05 sec.
Time Unit: 0.01 sec.
This parameter sets the analog input filter time for terminal A2

30.18
A3 Response Range: 0.00 to 10.00 sec. Default: 0.05 sec.
Time Unit: 0.01 sec.
This parameter sets the analog input filter time for terminal A3

30.19
Analog Input Range: 00 to 01 Default: 01
Frequency 00 0.01 Hz
Resolution
01 0.1 Hz
This parameter sets the resolution of the command frequency
based on analog input command

30.20
Digital Input Range: 01 to 03 Default: 02
Terminals D1, D2 01 2-wire Operation Mode 1
D1: FWD / STOP
D2: REV / STOP
02 2-wire Operation Mode 2
D1: RUN / STOP
D2: REV / FWD
Parameter Settings

03 3-wire Operation Mode


Descriptions of

D1: RUN
D2: REV / FWD
D3: STOP
Note: When 30.20 = 3, 30.21 (D3) will be set to 0 and used for the
third terminal. Please see Figure 5-7.

5-8 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 9 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

Setting 01
+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

REV/STOP

FWD/STOP

Setting 02
+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

REV/FWD

RUN/STOP

Setting 03
REV/FWD

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

STOP

RUN

Figure 5-7: D1 and D2 Settings


Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

30.21
Digital Input Range: 00 to 33 Default: 05
Terminal (D3) 00 Parameter Disable
01 External Fault (NO) EF
02 External Fault (NC) EF
03 External Reset (NO)
04 External Reset (NC)
05 Preset Speed Switch 1
06 Preset Speed Switch 2
07 Preset Speed Switch 3
08 Preset Speed Switch 4
09 Jog

GVX9000 User Manual 5-9


MN04000001E.book Page 10 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

30.21, continued
Digital Input 10 2nd Acceleration/Deceleration time selection
Terminal (D3), 11 3rd Acceleration/Deceleration time selection
continued
12 Control Location Hand — HOA
13 Control Location Auto — HOA
14 Control Location Remote — Local/Remote (close for
remote)
15 Increase Master Frequency
16 Decrease Master Frequency
17 Forward / Reverse
18 Parameter Lock
19 Acceleration / Deceleration Inhibit
20 Run Enable
21 PAUSE (NO)
22 PAUSE (NC)
23 PID Disable
24 Counter input
25 Counter reset
26 Auxiliary Motor 1 Output Failure
27 Auxiliary Motor 2 Output Failure
28 Auxiliary Motor 3 Output Failure
29 Output Shut Off (NO)
30 Output Shut Off (NC)
31 Auto/Linear Acceleration/Deceleration
32 Proximity sensor input (index function)
33 Forced Stop (NO)
34 Forced Stop (NC)

30.22
Digital Input Range: See Parameter 30.21 Default: 06
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Terminal (D4)

30.23
Digital Input Range: See Parameter 30.21 Default: 07
Terminal (D5)

30.24
Digital Input Range: See Parameter 30.21 Default: 08
Terminal (D6)

5-10 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 11 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

30.25
Digital Input Range: See Parameter 30.21 Default: 03
Terminal (D7)

30.26
Digital Input Range: See Parameter 30.21 Default: 01
Terminal (D8)

30.27
Digital Input Range: See Parameter 30.21 Default: 00
Terminal (D9)

30.28
Digital Input Range: See Parameter 30.21 Default: 00
Terminal (D10)

Explanations: Digital Input Terminal


Settings 01, 02
When an External Fault input signal is received, the AC drive output will turn off,
the drive will display “E.F” on digital keypad, and the motor will coast to a stop.
Normal operation will resume after the External Fault is cleared and the AC drive
is reset.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

02: External Fault (NC) Parameter Settings

01: External Fault (NO)


Descriptions of

Figure 5-8: Digital Input Terminal Settings 01, 02

GVX9000 User Manual 5-11


MN04000001E.book Page 12 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

Settings 03, 04
The External Reset has the same function as the Reset key on the Digital keypad.
It is used to reset the drive after a fault.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

04: External Reset (NC)

03: External Reset (NO)

Figure 5-9: Digital Input Terminal Settings 03, 04

Settings 05, 06, 07, 08


These four inputs select the preset speeds defined by 30.31 to 30.45.

Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch 3 Switch 4

30.31 ON OFF OFF OFF


30.32 OFF ON OFF OFF
30.33 ON ON OFF OFF
30.34 OFF OFF ON OFF
30.35 ON OFF ON OFF
30.36 OFF ON ON OFF
30.37 ON ON ON OFF
30.38 OFF OFF OFF ON
30.39 ON OFF OFF ON
30.40 OFF ON OFF ON
Parameter Settings

30.41 ON ON OFF ON
Descriptions of

30.42 OFF OFF ON ON


30.43 ON OFF ON ON
30.44 OFF ON ON ON
30.45 ON ON ON ON

5-12 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 13 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

08: Preset Speed Switch 4

07: Preset Speed Switch 3

06: Preset Speed Switch 2

05: Preset Speed Switch 1

Frequency 30.38

30.37
30.39
30.36
30.40
30.35
30.41
30.34
30.42
30.33
30.43
30.32 Jog Freq.
30.44 50.40
30.31
Master 30.45
Speed
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

ON
Run Signal Parameter Settings

OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
Descriptions of

Switch 1

OFF ON ON ON ON
Switch 2

OFF ON ON
Switch 3

OFF ON
Switch 4

OFF ON
Jog Freq.
Multi-Step Speed via External Terminals

Figure 5-10: Digital Input Terminal Settings 05, 06, 07, 08

GVX9000 User Manual 5-13


MN04000001E.book Page 14 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

Setting 09
Jog operation may only be initiated while the motor is stopped. (Refer to 50.38 to
50.40).

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

09: Jog

Figure 5-11: Digital Input Terminal Setting 09

Settings 10, 11
Digital input terminals (D3 – D10) may be used to change from the first to the
Second, Third or Fourth Acceleration/Deceleration times.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

10: 2nd Acceleration/Deceleration


time selection

11: 3rd Acceleration/Deceleration


time selection
Note: Closing both D3 & D5 to COM will select Accel/
Decel time 4.

Figure 5-12: Digital Input Terminal Settings 10, 11

Settings 12, 13, 14


Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Used to select the Operation Command location of the AC drive.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

12: Control Location Hand – HOA

13: Control Location Auto – HOA

14: Control Location Remote – Local/Remote


(close for remote)

Figure 5-13: Digital Input Terminal Settings 12, 13, 14

5-14 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 15 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

Settings 15, 16
Settings 15 and 16 enable the digital input terminal to incrementally increase/
decrease the Master Frequency each time an input is received. Refer to Pr. 50.12
and 50.13.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

16: Decrease Master Frequency

15: Increase Master Frequency

Figure 5-14: Digital Input Terminal Settings 15, 16

Setting 17
A digital input may be used to select direction.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

17: Forward/Reverse

Figure 5-15: Digital Input Terminal Setting 17

Setting 18
A digital input terminal may be used to disable users from changing the
parameters.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

18: Parameter Lock

Figure 5-16: Digital Input Terminal Setting 18

GVX9000 User Manual 5-15


MN04000001E.book Page 16 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

Setting 19
A digital input terminal may be used for acceleration/deceleration inhibit. When
the command is received, acceleration and deceleration is stopped and the AC
drive maintains a constant speed. See Figure 5-17.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

19: Acceleration/Deceleration Inhibit


Frequency
Master Frequency
Acceleration
Inhibit Deceleration
Inhibit

Acceleration
Inhibit Deceleration
Inhibit

Actual
Operation Frequency Time

Accel/Decel ON ON ON ON
Inhibit
Start ON OFF
Command

Figure 5-17: Digital Input Terminal Setting 19

Setting 20
A digital input may be used to Enable or Disable the RUN command. Used as a
Safety device.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

20: Run Enable

Figure 5-18: Digital Input Terminal Setting 20

5-16 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 17 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

Settings 21, 22
Setting 21 allows an input terminal to generate an “External Pause”. When the
External Pause signal is received, the AC drive will stop all output and the motor
will coast to a stop. When the External Pause control is removed, the AC drive
will start its speed search function, synchronize with the motor speed, and then
accelerate to Master frequency.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

22: Pause (NC)

21: Pause (NO)

External
Pause OFF ON OFF
Signal
Speed Synchronization
Output Speed Search Detection
Frequency Starts with the
Reference Value

Output
Voltage 50.43
Min. Pause
Capacitor Time
Discharge
Speed Search
Operation

Figure 5-19: Digital Input Terminal Settings 21, 22

Setting 23
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Allows an input terminal to disable PID operation as shown in Figure 5-20.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

23: PID Disable

Figure 5-20: Digital Input Terminal Setting 23

GVX9000 User Manual 5-17


MN04000001E.book Page 18 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

Setting 24
A digital input terminal may be used to increase the AC drive’s internal counter.
When an input is received, the counter is increased by 1. The counter input may
be connected to an external Pulse Signal Generator to count a process or unit of
material. See the diagram below.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

24: Counter Input

C0 2 ms
C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C1 C2
Indication value
(trigger enable)
Counter trigger signal
Multi-function input terminal
2 ms
The trigger timing
Signal output with 30.30 (30.30=3) can't be less than
2 ms.(<250 Hz)
counter value is attained.
(40.03 - 40.06) Intermediate
Count Value Attained

Signal output with 30.29 (30.29=5)


counter value is attained.
(40.03 - 40.06)
Final Count Value Attained

Figure 5-21: Digital Input Terminal Setting 24


Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

5-18 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 19 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

Setting 25
A digital input terminal may be used to reset the counter as shown in Figure 5-22.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

25: Counter Reset

Figure 5-22: Digital Input Terminal Setting 25


Settings 26, 27, 28
A digital input may be used to disable an Auxiliary Motor as shown in Figure 5-23.
Refer to 50.73 to 50.76.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

26: Auxiliary Motor 1 Output Failure

27: Auxiliary Motor 2 Output Failure

28: Auxiliary Motor 3 Output Failure

Figure 5-23: Digital Input Terminal Settings 26, 27, 28


Settings 29, 30
A digital input may be used to shut the output off (pause) and not display a fault.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM


Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

30: Output Shut Off (NC)

29: Output Shut Off (NO)

Figure 5-24: Digital Input Terminal Settings 29, 30

GVX9000 User Manual 5-19


MN04000001E.book Page 20 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

Setting 31
A digital input may be used to select between Auto or Linear Acceleration/
Deceleration.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

31: Auto/Linear Acceleration/Deceleration

Figure 5-25: Digital Input Terminal Setting 31

Setting 32
A digital input may be used with a Proximity Sensor for the Index Function. Refer
to 30.48 to 30.50.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM

32: Proximity Sensor Input


(index function)

Figure 5-26: Digital Input Terminal Setting 32

Settings 33, 34
A digital input may be used as an External Emergency Stop (Forced Stop). This is
not a fault condition, rather the highest priority STOP condition.

+24V D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 COM


Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

34: Forced Stop (NC)

33: Forced Stop (NO)

Figure 5-27: Digital Input Terminal Settings 33, 34

5-20 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 21 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

30.29
Final Count Value Range: 00 to 65000 Default: 00
This parameter defines the final count value for the GVX9000
internal counter. The counter is incremented by a low-to-high
transition on a Digital Input Terminal: D3 to D10.
A selected Digital/Relay Output Terminal may be programmed to
activate upon completion of the final count.

30.30
Intermediate Range: 00 to 65000 Default: 00
Count Value This parameter sets the intermediate count value for the
GVX9000 internal counter. The counter is incremented by a
low-to-high transition on a Digital Input Terminal: D3 to D10. The
count will start at C01.
A selected Digital/Relay Output Terminal may be programmed to
activate upon completion of the intermediate count.

30.31
Preset Speed 1 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.32
Preset Speed 2 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.33
Preset Speed 3 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.34
Preset Speed 4 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

30.35
Preset Speed 5 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.36
Preset Speed 6 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

GVX9000 User Manual 5-21


MN04000001E.book Page 22 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

30.37
Preset Speed 7 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.38
Preset Speed 8 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.39
Preset Speed 9 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.40
Preset Speed 10 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.41
Preset Speed 11 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.42
Preset Speed 12 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.43
Preset Speed 13 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz

30.44
Preset Speed 14 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Parameter Settings

Unit: 0.01 Hz
Descriptions of

30.45
Preset Speed 15 Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Unit: 0.01 Hz
These parameters may be set during operation.
The Digital Input Terminals (refer to 30.21 to 30.28) are used to
select one of the GVX9000 Preset Speeds. The speeds
(frequencies) are determined by 30.31 to 30.45.

5-22 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 23 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 30 — Inputs

30.46
Display Range: 00 to 02 Default: 00
Frequency (Hz) or 00 Frequency (Hz)
Percent (%)
01 Percent (%)
02 User Definition (0.001 – max. unit) Unit set by 30.47
This parameter allows the display to reference Frequency or
Percentage.

30.47
User Definition Range: 0.001 to 10.000 Default: 1.000
for 30.46 Option 2

30.48
Gear Ratio for Range: 4 to 1000 Default: 200
Simple Index Units: 1
Function
This parameter sets the Motor’s gear box ratio.
Example: If your gear box is a 4:1, then enter 4. The function only
works with whole ratios.

30.49
Index Angle for Range: 0.0 to 360.0 Deg Default: 180
Simple Index Units: 0.1 degrees
Function
This parameter sets the number of degrees of rotation from the
index input command point where the motor will stop.
Example: When the drive receives an Index input command on
one of the digital inputs and 30.49 is set to 300. Then the motor
will stop within 300 degrees of rotation after it receives the Index
command.

30.50
Deceleration Time Range: 0.0 to 100.0 Default: 0.0
for Simple Index Units: 0.1 sec.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Function
This parameter sets the deceleration time for the simple Index
function.

GVX9000 User Manual 5-23


MN04000001E.book Page 24 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 40 — Outputs

Group 40 — Outputs
40.01
Analog Output Range: 00 to 05 Default: 00
Reference 00 Output Frequency (0 to Maximum Output Frequency)
01 Output Current (0 to 250% of the rated AC drive current)
02 Output Voltage (0 to 50.16)
03 Command Frequency (0 to 50.14)
04 Output Motor Speed (vector mode)
05 Load Power Factor (cos90º to 0º)
This parameter selects the reference for the 0 – 10V analog
output (AO+ to A-).

40.02
Analog Output Range: 0 to 200% Default: 100
Gain Unit: 1%
This parameter may be set during operation.
The parameter sets the voltage range for analog output terminals
AO+ to A-.
The analog output voltage is directly proportional to the
selection made in 40.01.
If setting 00 is chosen, the analog output voltage on AO+ to A- is
directly proportional to the output frequency of the AC drive.
With 40.02 set at 100%, the Maximum Output Frequency of the
AC drive corresponds to +10V DC on AO.
If setting 01 is chosen, the analog output voltage is directly
proportional to the output current of the AC drive. With 40.02 set
to 100%, +10V DC corresponds to 250% of AC drive rated current.
Note: Any type of voltmeter may be used. If the meter reads full
scale at a voltage less than 10 volts, then 40.02 should be set by
the following formula:
40.02 = ((meters full scale voltage)/10) x 100%
Parameter Settings

For Example: When using the meter with full scale of 5 volts,
Descriptions of

adjust 40.02 to 50%

40.03
Digital Output Range: 00 to 33 Default: 02
Terminal Relay A
(RA1, RA2, RA3)

40.04
Digital Output Range: 00 to 33 Default: 03
Terminal Relay B
(RB1, RB2)

5-24 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 25 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 40 — Outputs

40.05
Digital Output Range: 00 to 33 Default: 04
Terminal DO1

40.06
Digital Output Range: 00 to 33 Default: 05
Terminal DO2 00 Not Used
01 Ready
02 Inverter output is active
03 Inverter Fault
04 Warning (See warning codes in Chapter 7)
05 At speed
06 Zero Speed (Fout < Fmin during Run)
07 Desired Frequency Attained 1 (40.07)
08 Below Frequency Attained 1 (40.07)
09 PID supervision
10 Over voltage supervision
11 Over heat supervision
12 Over current stall supervision
13 Over voltage stall supervision
14 Final Count value attained
15 Midpoint Count value attained
16 Reverse direction notification (command)
17 Under current detection
18 Over torque detection
19 Pause enabled
20 External control
21 Auxiliary Motor 1
22 Auxiliary Motor 2
Parameter Settings

23 Auxiliary Motor 3
Descriptions of

24 Fout = 0.0 Hz (any state, STOP or RUN)


25 E-Stop
26 Above Frequency Attained 2 (40.09)
27 Soft Braking Signal
28 Fout = 0.0 Hz (during a RUN command)
29 Fout > Fmin
30 PG Error
31 Low Voltage indication (User Defined)
32 Inverter RUN command state
33 Brake ON/ Brake OFF (40.10, 40.11)

GVX9000 User Manual 5-25


MN04000001E.book Page 26 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 40 — Outputs

Function Explanations
00 Not Used: All unused output terminals of the AC drive should be set to 00.
01 Drive Ready: The output terminal will be active when the drive has no faults
and is ready to run.
02 Drive Running: The output terminal will be active when the drive is
generating an output from the T1, T2, T3 terminals.
03 Fault Indication: The output terminal will be activated when faults occur.
04: Warning: The output terminal will be active when there is a fault with
communication or PID feedback.
05 At Speed: The output terminal will be active when the drive output
frequency reaches the value set by your command source.
06 Fout < Fmin during run: The output terminal will be active when the drive’s U,
V, W terminals are generating no output.
07 Desired Frequency Attained (40.07): The output terminal will be active when
the output frequency is above the desired frequency.
08 Below Desired Frequency (40.07): The output terminal will be active when
the output frequency is below the desired frequency.
09 PID Supervision
10 Over Voltage Warning: The output terminal will be active when output
voltage of the drive exceeds 90% of the maximum voltage limit.
11 Over Heat Warning: The output terminal will be active when temperature of
the drive exceeds 90% of the maximum heat limit.
12 Over Current Stall Warning: The output terminal is active when the over
current stall function is enabled.
13 Over Voltage Stall Warning: The output terminal will be active when the over
Parameter Settings

voltage stall function is enabled.


Descriptions of

14 Final Count Value: The output terminal will be active when the count reaches
the setting in 30.29.
15 Midpoint Count Value: The output terminal will be active when the count
reaches the setting in 30.30.
16 Reverse direction command: The output terminal will be active when the
drive is in reverse.
17 Under Current detection: The output terminal will be active when the output
current is under 70.11 and the time has exceeded 70.13.

5-26 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 27 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 40 — Outputs

Function Explanations, Continued


18 Over torque detection: The output terminal will be active when the output
current reaches the value set in 70.05 and the time of 70.06 has expired.
19 Pause Enable: The output terminal will be active when the drive receives a
PAUSE command.
20 External Control: The output terminal will be active when the drive is
programmed for External Start/Stop control 50.03/50.04.
21 Auxiliary Motor 1: Enables Auxiliary Motor 1. Refer to 50.73 to 50.76.
22 Auxiliary Motor 2: Enables Auxiliary Motor 2. Refer to 50.73 to 50.76.
23 Auxiliary Motor 3: Enables Auxiliary Motor 3. Refer to 50.73 to 50.76.
24 Fout = 0.0 Hz (Stop state): The output terminal will be active when the output
frequency is equal to 0.0 Hz during a STOP state.
25 E-Stop indication: The output terminal will be active when an E-Stop is
received.
26 Desired Frequency Attained 2: The output terminal will be active when 40.09
is reached.
27 Soft braking signal: The output terminal will be active when the drive begins
to dump voltage to the brake resistor.
28 Fout = 0.0 Hz (during Run state): The output terminal will be active when the
output frequency is equal to 0.0 Hz during a RUN state.
29 Fout > = Fmin: The output terminal will be active when the output frequency is
equal to or greater than 50.19.
30 PG Error: The output terminal will be active when there is an error with the
encoder feedback.
31 User Defined Low voltage Error: The output terminal will be active when the
Parameter Settings

DC bus voltage falls above the users setting. Refer to 70.15 and 70.16.
Descriptions of

32 Inverter RUN state: The output terminal will be active when the drive is in a
RUN state.
33 Desired Freq Attained 3 (Brake Freq): The output terminal will be active
when 40.10 is reached. The output will be off when the Output Frequency
falls below 40.11 after a Stop command. See Figure 5-29.

GVX9000 User Manual 5-27


MN04000001E.book Page 28 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 40 — Outputs

40.07
Frequency Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00
Attained 1 Unit: 0.01 Hz
If a Digital/Relay output terminal is set to function as Frequency
Attained, then the output will be activated when the
programmed frequency is attained.

Freq.
Detection Detection
Range Range
Max. Output ±2 Hz ±4 Hz
Freq.

40.07 Freq. Attained 1 Detection


40.09 Freq. Attained 2
Range
-2 Hz
Time
Preset Freq.
Attained
Indication
40.03 – 40.06 OFF ON OFF
Desired Freq.
Attained
Indication ON OFF
40.03 – 40.06 OFF

Figure 5-28: Desired Freq. Attained & Preset Freq. Attained

40.08
Digital Output Range: 01 to 20 Default: 00
Multiplier This parameter changes the number of output pulses on DOP
relative to the output frequency. (DOP to DOC)
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

40.09
Frequency Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00
Attained 2 Unit: 0.01 Hz
If a Digital/Relay output terminal is set to function as Frequency
Attained, then the output will be activated when the
programmed frequency is attained.

5-28 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 29 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 40 — Outputs

40.10
Brake Release Range: 0.0 to 400.0 Hz Default: 0.0
Frequency This parameter selects the frequency when the digital output
(Brake OFF) (DO1 – DO4) will turn ON, if one of the digital outputs (DO1 –
DO4) is programmed to 33.

40.11
Brake Engage Range: 0.0 to 400.0 Hz Default: 0.0
Frequency This parameter selects the frequency when the digital output
(Brake ON) (DO1 – DO4) will turn OFF, if one of the digital outputs (DO1 –
DO4) is programmed to 33.

40.12
EF Displayed at Range: 00 to 01 Default: 00
Midpoint Count 00 Disabled
01 Display EF when midpoint count is reached

Frequency
Output Note:
Case 1: 40.11 40.10
Case 2: 40.11 40.10

Case 1: 40.11

40.10

Case 2: 40.11

Time

Run/Stop
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Case 1: DOx=33

Case 2: DOx=33

Figure 5-29: GVX Digital Output Option 33

GVX9000 User Manual 5-29


MN04000001E.book Page 30 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

Group 50 — AC Drive Control


50.01
Source of LOCAL/ Range: 00 to 05 Default: 00
HAND Frequency 00 Master Frequency determined by digital keypad on the
drive.
01 Master Frequency determined by 0 – 10V on terminal AI1.
02 Master Frequency determined by 4 – 20 mA on terminal AI2.
03 Master Frequency determined by -10 – 10V on terminal AI3.
04 Master Frequency determined by RS-485 (Frequency
retained)
05 Master Frequency determined by RS-485 (Frequency not
retained)

50.02
Source of Range: 00 to 05 Default: 01
REMOTE/AUTO 00 Master Frequency determined by digital keypad on the
Frequency drive.
01 Master Frequency determined by 0 – 10V on terminal AI1.
02 Master Frequency determined by 4 – 20 mA on terminal AI2.
03 Master Frequency determined by -10 – 10V on terminal AI3.
04 Master Frequency determined by RS-485 (Frequency
retained)
05 Master Frequency determined by RS-485 (Frequency not
retained)

50.03
Source of LOCAL/ Range: 00 to 04 Default: 00
HAND Operation 00 Operating commands determined by the Digital Keypad.
Command
01 Operating commands determined by the External Control
Terminals. Keypad STOP key is enabled.
02 Operating commands determined by the External Control
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Terminals. Keypad STOP key is not enabled.


03 Operating commands determined by the RS-485
communication interface. Keypad STOP key is enabled.
04 Operating commands determined by the RS-485
communication interface. Keypad STOP key is not enabled.

5-30 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 31 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.04
Source of Range: 00 to 04 Default: 01
REMOTE/AUTO 00 Operating commands determined by the Digital Keypad.
Operation
Command 01 Operating commands determined by the External Control
Terminals. Keypad STOP key is enabled.
02 Operating commands determined by the External Control
Terminals. Keypad STOP key is not enabled.
03 Operating commands determined by the RS-485
communication interface. Keypad STOP key is enabled.
04 Operating commands determined by the RS-485
communication interface. Keypad STOP key is not enabled.

50.05
Dual Frequency Range: 00 to 03 Default: 00
Input Mode 00 Disable
01 50.01 + 50.02
02 50.01 – 50.02
03 50.02 trims 50.01 (Reference)
This parameter determines how the drive will react to the two
independent input commands.

50.06
Trim Reference Range: 0.00 to 100.00% Default: 0.00
Unit: 0.01%
This parameter sets the percentage of trim applied when 50.05 is
set to 03.

50.07
Keypad Range: 50.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 60.00
Frequency Unit: 0.01 Hz
Setting
This parameter sets the start up frequency of the keypad.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

GVX9000 User Manual 5-31


MN04000001E.book Page 32 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.08
Stop Method Range: Default: 00
00 STOP = Ramp, EF = Coast
01 STOP = Coast, EF = Coast
02 STOP = Ramp, EF = Ramp
03 STOP = Coast, EF = Ramp
This parameter determines how the motor is stopped when the
AC drive receives a valid stop command.
Ramp: The AC drive decelerates the motor to the Minimum
Output Frequency based on the time set in 50.25, 50.27, 50.29
and 50.31.
Coast: The AC drive stops the output instantly upon command,
and the motor free spins until it comes to a complete stop.

Hz Hz
Freq. Freq.
Motor Motor
Speed Speed

Time Time
Stops According Free Running
to Deceleration Time to Stop

Operation ON OFF ON OFF


Command
Ramp Coast

Figure 5-30: Stop Methods

50.09
HOA Stop Range: 00 to 01 Default: 01
Method 00 Ramp
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

01 Coast
This parameter determines how the drive will STOP when you
switch from HAND to OFF or AUTO to OFF.

50.10
4 – 20 mA Input Range: 00 to 02 Default: 00
Signal Loss 00 Decel to 0 Hz
01 Stop immediately and display EF
02 Continue operation at last known frequency
This parameter determines how the drive will react to a loss of
analog input signal (4 – 20 mA).

5-32 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 33 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.11
4 – 20 mA Input Range: 0.1 to 120.00 sec. Default: 0.1
Loss Detection 00 Disabled
Time
This parameter sets the 4-20 mA analog signal (AI2) loss
detection time.

50.12
UP/DOWN Key Range: 00 to 02 Default: 00
Speed 00 Based on Accel/Decel time (RUN state only)
01 Constant Speed (based on 50.13)
02 Based on Accel/Decel time, frequency setpoint set to 0 Hz
upon a STOP command. (RUN state only)
This parameter determines how the drive’s UP/DOWN frequency
keys respond to request for speed change.

50.13
Increment/ Range: 0.01 to 1.00 Hz/msec. Default: 0.01
Decrement Rate This parameter determines the speed the command frequency
of Frequency will change when holding down the UP/DOWN key.

50.14
Maximum Output Range: 50 to 400.0 Hz Default: 60.00
Frequency This parameter determines the Maximum Output Frequency of
the drive. It should be programmed to the Maximum Frequency
of the application.

50.15
Motor Nameplate Range: 10.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 60.00
Frequency Unit: 0.01 Hz
This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the
motor as indicated on the Motor Nameplate. Motor Nameplate
Frequency determines the volts/hertz ratio.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

For example: If the drive is rated for 460V AC output and the
Maximum Voltage Frequency is set to 60 Hz, the drive will
maintain a constant ratio of 7.66 v/ Hz. The setting value must be
equal to or greater than the Mid-Point Frequency (50.17).

GVX9000 User Manual 5-33


MN04000001E.book Page 34 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.16
Motor Nameplate Range: See below Default: See below
Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 230.0
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 460.0
575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575.0
This parameter determines the motor nameplate voltage of the
AC drive. The Motor Nameplate Voltage setting must be smaller
than or equal to the rated voltage of the motor as indicated on
the motor nameplate. The setting value must be equal to or
greater than the Mid-Point Voltage (50.18).

50.17
Mid-Point Output Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 1.50
Frequency Unit: 0.01 Hz
The parameter sets the Mid-Point Frequency of V/F curve. With
this setting, the V/F ratio between Minimum Frequency and
Mid-Point Frequency can be determined. This parameter must be
equal to or greater than Minimum Output Frequency (50.19) and
equal to or less than Motor Nameplate Frequency (50.15).
During Vector this parameter is disabled.

50.18
Mid-Point Output Range: See below Default: See below
Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 510V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 637V 4.8
The parameter sets the Mid-Point Voltage of any V/F curve. With
this setting, the V/F ratio between Minimum Frequency and
Mid-Point Frequency can be determined. This parameter must be
equal to or greater than Minimum Output Voltage (50.20) and
equal to or less than Motor Nameplate Voltage (50.16).
During Vector this parameter is disabled.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

50.19
Minimum Output Range: 0.00 to 20.00 Hz Default: 1.50
Frequency Unit: 0.01 Hz
This parameter sets the Minimum Output Frequency of the AC
drive V/F curve. This parameter must be equal to or less than the
Mid-Point Output Frequency (50.17).

5-34 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 35 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.20
Minimum Output Range: See below Default: See below
Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 50V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 100V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 150V 4.8
This parameter sets the Minimum Output Voltage of the AC drive
V/F curve. This parameter must be equal to or less than
Mid-Point Output Voltage (50.18).
During Vector this parameter is disabled.
Figure 5-31 shows three examples of how a V/F curve may
change due to the setting of parameters 50.14 to 50.20.

Voltage
50.16

50.18
50.20
Frequency
0 50.17 50.14
50.19 50.15
Standard V/F Curve

Figure 5-31: V/F Curve Changes

Voltage
Voltage

50.16 50.16
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

50.18

50.18

50.20

50.20
Frequency Frequency
50.19 50.17 50.15 50.14 50.19 50.17 50.15 50.14
Custom V/F Curve Fan/Pump V/F Curve

Figure 5-31: V/F Curve Changes, Continued

GVX9000 User Manual 5-35


MN04000001E.book Page 36 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.21
Control Mode Range: Default: 00
00 V/F
01 V/F Closed Loop
02 Sensorless Vector (SV)
03 Vector Closed Loop (CLV)
This parameter selects the Control Mode for the GVX9000.
For the best results, please conduct the following.
1. Set the correct Motor Nameplate Voltage and Base
Frequency.
2. Set the correct Motor Rated slip (60.13).
3. Conduct an Auto tune. (See parameter 60.03).
4. Set the Minimum Output Frequency (50.19) to 0.1 Hz.
5. Enter the correct encoder count in parameter 60.18 and
encoder type 60.19.

50.22
CT/VT Mode Range: Default: 00
00 Constant Torque
01 Variable Torque
This parameter selects the Torque Mode for the GVX9000.

50.23
Variable Torque Range: 00 – 04 Default: 00
Curve Selection 00 V/F curve determined by 50.15 – 50.20
01 1.5 Power curve
02 1.7 Power curve
03 Square curve
04 Cube curve
This parameter selects the Variable Torque curve of the
GVX9000.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

50.24
Acceleration Range: 0.01 to 600.00 seconds Default:
Time 1 Unit: 0.01 sec. Depends on drive hp

50.25
Deceleration Range: 0.01 to 600.00 seconds Default:
Time 1 Unit: 0.01 sec. Depends on drive hp

50.26
Acceleration Range: 0.01 to 600.00 seconds Default:
Time 2 Unit: 0.01 sec. Depends on drive hp

5-36 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 37 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.27
Deceleration Range: 0.01 to 600.00 seconds Default:
Time 2 Unit: 0.01 sec. Depends on drive hp

50.28
Acceleration Range: 0.01 to d 36000 sec. Default:
Time 3 Unit: 0.01 sec. Depends on drive hp

50.29
Deceleration Range: 0.01 to d 36000 sec. Default:
Time 3 Unit: 0.01 sec. Depends on drive hp

50.30
Acceleration Range: 0.01 to d 36000 sec. Default:
Time 4 Unit: 0.01 sec. Depends on drive hp

50.31
Deceleration Range: 0.01 to d 36000 sec. Default:
Time 4 Unit: 0.01 sec. Depends on drive hp
These parameters may be set during operation.
50.24: This parameter sets the time required for the AC drive to
ramp from 0 Hz to its Maximum Output Frequency (50.14). The
rate is linear unless S-Curve is “Enabled.”
50.25: This parameter sets the time required for the AC drive to
decelerate from the Maximum Output Frequency (50.14) down to
0 Hz. The rate is linear unless S-Curve is “Enabled.”
The second, third and fourth acceleration and deceleration times
(50.26 to 50.31) function the same as the standard acceleration
and deceleration times (50.24 and 50.25). The 4 sets of
acceleration/deceleration times could be selected by a digital
input terminal programmed to option 10 and 11 (refer to 30.21 to
30.28). User may also use parameters 50.34 and 50.35 to
Parameter Settings

automatically change from Accel/Decel time 1 to Accel/Decel


Descriptions of

time 2.
In Figure 5-32, the acceleration and deceleration times of the AC
drive are between 0 Hz and Maximum Output Frequency (50.14).
If the Maximum Output Frequency is 60 Hz, Minimum Output
Frequency (50.19) is 1.0 Hz, and acceleration and deceleration
times are set to 10 seconds. The actual time for the AC drive to
accelerate from start-up to 60 Hz is 9.83 seconds and the
deceleration time is also 9.83 seconds. Remember the drive
always starts timing from 0 Hz.

GVX9000 User Manual 5-37


MN04000001E.book Page 38 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

Frequency
Max. Output
Frequency 50.14

Time
Acceleration Deceleration
Time Time
50.24, 50.26, 50.25, 50.27,
50.28, 50.30 50.29, 50.31

Figure 5-32: Acceleration and Deceleration Times

50.32
Accel/Decel Range: Default: 1
Time Unit 0 1 sec.
1 0.1 sec.
2 0.01 sec.

50.33
Automatic Range: Default: 0
Acceleration/ 00 Linear Accel/Decel
Deceleration
01 Auto Accel, Linear Decel
02 Linear Accel/Auto Decel
03 Auto Accel/Decel
04 Auto Accel/Decel Stall Prevention (Limited by 50.24 to
50.31)
Parameter Settings

50.34
Descriptions of

Acceleration 1 to Range: Default: 0.0


Acceleration 2 0.0 Disable
Transition
Frequency Above min freq: Enable, 0.0 to 400.0 Hz
Parameter 50.34 allows the user to program a frequency point
where the drive will automatically change from Accel Time 1 to
Accel Time 2. This saves Input Points from being used to do the
same process.

5-38 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 39 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.35
Deceleration 1 to Range: Default: 0.0
Deceleration 2 0.0 Disable
Transition
Frequency Above min freq: Enable, 0.0 to 400.0 Hz
Parameter 50.35 allows the user to program a frequency point
where the drive will automatically change from Decel Time 1 to
Decel Time 2. This saves Input Points from being used to do the
same process.

50.36
Acceleration Range: 00 to 07 Default: 0
S-Curve 00 Disabled
01 – 07 Enabled

50.37
Deceleration Range: 00 to 07 Default: 0
S-Curve
00 Disabled
01 – 07 Enabled
The above two parameters are used to smooth out the transition
between the acceleration/deceleration and steady state speed.
The S-Curve is enabled with settings of 1 to 7, with the highest
number generating the smoothest transition.

Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

GVX9000 User Manual 5-39


MN04000001E.book Page 40 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

Frequency

S-Curve
Enabled

Time
S-Curve S-Curve
Characteristics Characteristics

S-Curve
Disabled

Time
Normal Normal
Acceleration Deceleration
Time Time
1 or 2 1 or 2

Figure 5-33: S-Curve Effects

50.38
Jog Accel Time Range: 0.01 to d 3600.0 sec. Default: 10.00
Unit:
Acceleration for Jog operation.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

50.39
Jog Decel Time Range: 0.01 to d 3600.0 sec. Default: 10.00
Unit:
Deceleration for Jog operation.

50.40
Jog Frequency Range: 0.1 to 400.00 Hz Default: 6.00
Unit:
Frequency for Jog operation.

5-40 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 41 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

Frequency
Jog
Frequency
50.40

Time
Acceleration Deceleration
Time Time
50.38 50.39

Jog Operation ON OFF


Command

Figure 5-34: Jog Frequency

50.41
Reverse Range: Default: 0
Operation 00 Enable Reverse Operation
01 Disable Reverse Operation
02 Disable Forward Operation
This parameter enables the AC Motor drive’s ability to operate in
the reverse direction.

50.42
Momentary Range: Default: 0
Power Loss 00 Stop operation after momentary power loss
01 Continue operation after momentary power loss, speed
search from Speed Reference
Parameter Settings

02 Continue operation after momentary power loss, speed


Descriptions of

search from Minimum Speed

GVX9000 User Manual 5-41


MN04000001E.book Page 42 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

Max. Allowable Max. Allowable


Power Loss Time Power Loss Time
2.0 Seconds 2.0 Seconds
Input
Power
Speed
Synchronization
50.42 = 01 Detection 50.42 = 02
Output Speed Search Speed Search
Power Starts with the Starts with Minimum
Master Frequency Output Frequency

Output 50.43 50.43


Voltage Speed Search Speed Search
Delay Time Delay Time

Speed Search

Figure 5-35: Power Loss Parameters

50.43
Speed Search Range: 0.1 to 10.0 sec. Default: 0.5
Delay Time When a momentary power loss is detected, the AC drive waits
for a specified time interval determined by 50.43 before
resuming operation. This time interval should be set to a value
where the residual output voltage due to regeneration is nearly
zero, before the drive resumes operation.
This parameter also determines the wait time after performing
an external PAUSE and Fault Reset function.

50.44
Speed Search Range: 30 to 200% Default: 150
Maximum
Current
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

50.45
Speed Search Range: Default: 0
Start Point 0 Start at last known freq command
1 Start at minimum speed

50.46
Flying Start Mode Range: Default: 0
0 Disable
1 Enable

5-42 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 43 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.47
Flying Start Point Range: Default: 0
0 From command frequency
1 From maximum freq

50.48
Upper Frequency Range: 0.01 to 400.00 Hz Default: 400.00
Limit (Safety)

50.49
Lower Frequency Range: 0.0 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0
Limit (Safety) The Upper and Lower Limit parameters are to prevent operation
at frequencies where machine damage may occur.
If the Upper Limit of Output Frequency is set at 50 Hz and the
Maximum Output Frequency is set at 60 Hz, the actual Maximum
Output Frequency will be limited to 50 Hz.
If the Lower limit of Output Frequency is set at 10 Hz, and the
Minimum Output Frequency is set at 1.0 Hz, then any Command
Frequency between 1 – 10 Hz will generate a 10 Hz output from
the drive.
This parameter must be equal to or less than the Upper Limit of
Output Frequency 50.48.

50.50
Skip Frequency 1 Range: 0.0 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0

50.51
Skip Frequency 2 Range: 0.0 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0

50.52
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Skip Frequency 3 Range: 0.0 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0

50.53
Skip Frequency 4 Range: 0.0 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0

GVX9000 User Manual 5-43


MN04000001E.book Page 44 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

Output
Freq.
50.50

50.51

50.52 Adjustable
Range
50.53

0 Speed Command
Frequency

Decelerating 50.54 to 50.57


Frequency to
be Skipped
Accelerating

Figure 5-36: Skip Frequency Parameters

50.54
Skip Frequency 1 Range: 0.0 to 20.00 Hz Default: 0
Bandwidth

50.55
Skip Frequency 2 Range: 0.0 to 20.00 Hz Default: 0
Bandwidth

50.56
Skip Frequency 3 Range: 0.0 to 20.00 Hz Default: 0
Bandwidth
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

50.57
Skip Frequency 4 Range: 0.0 to 20.00 Hz Default: 0
Bandwidth The above eight parameters determine the Skip Frequencies and
Bandwidth for the drive to avoid.
50.54 to 50.57 determine the frequency band for a given Skip
Frequency. Half of the Skip Frequency Band is above the Skip
Frequency and the other half is below. Programming this
parameter to 0.0 disables all skip frequencies.

5-44 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 45 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.58
PID Setpoint Range: Default: 0
Source 00 Disable
01 Keypad (store in 50.66)
02 AI1 (external 0 – 10V)
03 AI2 (external 4 – 20 mA)
04 AI3 (external -10 – 10V)
05 PID set point (50.66)
This parameter determines the location of PID setpoint.

50.59
PID Feedback Range: Default: 0
Source and Type 00 Positive AI1 (0 – 10V)
01 Negative AI1 (0 – 10V)
02 Positive AI2 (4 – 20 mA)
03 Negative AI2 (4 – 20 mA)
04 Positive AI3 (-10 – 10V)
This parameter determines the analog PID feedback source and
type.

50.60
PID P Gain Range: 0.0 to 10.0 Default: 1.0
Adjustment

50.61
PID I Gain Range: 0.00 to 100.0 sec. Default: 1.00
Adjustment When this parameter is set to 0.0, this function is disabled.

50.62
PID D Gain Range: 0.00 to 1.0 sec. Default: 0.00
Parameter Settings

Adjustment When this parameter is set to 0.0, the function is disabled.


Descriptions of

50.63
PID Upper Limit Range: 00 to 100% Default: 100
for Integral
Control

50.64
PID Output Delay Range: 0.0 to 2.5 sec. Default: 0.0
Filter Time This parameter generates a delay before the PID will respond to a
change.

GVX9000 User Manual 5-45


MN04000001E.book Page 46 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.65
PID Output Freq Range: 0 to 110% Default: 100
Limit This parameter limits the output frequency the PID system will
generate. Used as a safety limit.

50.66
PID Fixed Set Range: 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (100.0%) Default: 0
Point This parameter is used to set a SETPOINT that can not be
changed without entering into the program.

50.67
PID Feedback Range: 0 to 100% Default: 100
Deviation Level

50.68
PID Feedback Range: 0.00 to 3600.0 sec. Default: 1.0
Deviation
Detection Time

50.69
PID Treatment of Range: Default: 01
the Feedback 00 Warning and Inverter Stop
Deviation Error
01 Warning and Continue Operation
This parameter determines the GVX9000 operation when the PID
feedback signal is lost.

50.70
Sleep Frequency Range: Default: 0.00
0.0 Disabled
0.00 to 400 Hz Enabled
The Master Frequency point where the AC drive begins to
Parameter Settings

“Sleep” and stop its output.


Descriptions of

Note: The sleep frequency must be smaller than or equal to the


wake frequency.

50.71
Wake Frequency Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00
The Master frequency point where the drive begins to generate
an output again.

5-46 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 47 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.72
Sleep Time Delay Range: 0.0 to 600 sec. Default: 0
Time delay before going into a sleep mode.

Frequency Actual Running


Command Output Frequency

50.71
Wake Frequency

50.70
Sleep Frequency

50.72 0 Hz
Sleep Time Delay

Figure 5-37: Sleep Time Delay

50.73
Frequency Point Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00
to Start Motor 2 Unit: 0.01
This parameter serves as a reference for the start-up value of the
auxiliary motor. If the setting is 0, the auxiliary motor cannot be
attached.

50.74
Frequency Point Range: 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Default: 0.00
to Stop Motor 2 Unit: 0.01
Parameter Settings

When the output frequency reaches the parameter value, the


Descriptions of

auxiliary motor will be stopped. There must be a minimum of 5


Hz difference between the start frequency and stop frequency of
auxiliary motor. (50.73 – 50.74) > 5 Hz.

50.75
Delay Time Before Range: 0.0 to 3600.0 sec. Default: 0.0
Starting Motor 2 Unit: 0.1

GVX9000 User Manual 5-47


MN04000001E.book Page 48 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 50 — AC Drive Control

50.76
Delay Time Before Range: 0.0 to 3600.0 sec. Default: 0.0
Stopping Motor 2 Unit: 0.1
The number of Multi-function Output terminals set to 16, 17, 18
decides the number of auxiliary motors. The maximum is three.
The start/stop frequency of the auxiliary motor must have a
minimum of 5 Hz difference.
The start/stop delay time can prevent the AC motor drive from
overloading during starting/stopping.
These parameters determine the starting sequence of auxiliary
motors:
The auxiliary motor started first will be stopped first.
Example
Start sequence: motor 1 → motor 2 → motor 3
Stop sequence: motor 1 → motor 2 → motor 3
The flowchart of the auxiliary motor start/stop sequence:
50.73 Start-up frequency = 50 Hz.
50.74 Stop frequency = 20 Hz.
50.75 Time delay before start-up = 10 sec.
50.76 Time delay before stopping = 5 sec.

Output Frequency
of Master Motor

H 50 No H 20 No
Output Freq. Output Freq.

Yes Yes

50.75 50.76
Start Delay Timer Stop Delay Timer
of Auxiliary of Auxiliary
Parameter Settings

Motor Begins Motor Begins


Descriptions of

No No
Counter 10 Sec. Counter 5 Sec.

Yes Yes

Start the Stop the


Auxiliary Motor Auxiliary Motor
in Order in Order

Figure 5-38: Auxiliary Motor Flowchart

5-48 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 49 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 60 — Motor Control

Group 60 — Motor Control


60.01
Motor Rated Range: Real Current (10 to 120%) Default: FLA
Current Enter the motor’s nameplate rated amps.
The value must be between 30 to 120% of the drive’s rated output
current. This parameter sets the drive’s output current limit.
This parameter may be set during operation.

60.02
Motor No-Load Range: Real Current (01 to 99%) Default: 0.4*FLA
Current Enter the motor’s no-load current in amps. If the motor no-load
amps are not known, leave this parameter at factory default.
The value must be between 0 to 99% of the drive’s rated output
current and also less than parameter 60.01.
60.02 has a great effect on how accurate the slip compensation
function works. An incorrect setting will cause poor slip
compensation.
This parameter may be set during operation.

60.03
Dynamic Tune Range: Default: 00
with Unloaded 00 Disable
Motor
01 DC test (static test)
02 DC test and no load test
To conduct the auto tuning feature, select 01 or 02 and then press
“START”. If the motor is loaded, it is recommended to select 01.

60.04
Stator Resistance Range: 00 to 65535 Ohms Default: 0
(Calculated Via Units: milli-ohms
Auto Tune or
Parameter Settings

Entered Manually) This parameter determines the motor’s line-to-line resistance.


Descriptions of

The value may be entered manually or via the Auto Tune feature
60.03. This value should be entered when using Sensorless
Vector control.

60.05
DC Brake Current Range: 00 to 100% Default: 0
Level Unit: 1%
This parameter determines the amount of DC Braking Current
applied to the motor during start-up and stopping. When setting
DC Braking current, please note that 100% is equal to the rated
output current of the drive. It is recommended to start with a low
DC Braking Current Level and then increase until proper holding
torque has been attained.

GVX9000 User Manual 5-49


MN04000001E.book Page 50 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 60 — Motor Control

60.06
DC Brake Time Range: 0.0 to 60.0 sec. Default: 0
Upon a Start Unit: 0.1 seconds
This parameter determines the duration of time that the DC
Braking Current will be applied to the motor upon a start
command of the AC drive.

60.07
DC Brake Time Range: 0.0 to 60.0 sec. Default: 0
Upon a Stop Unit: 0.1 seconds
This parameter determines the duration of time that the DC
braking current will be applied to the motor upon a stop
command of the AC drive.
Parameter 50.08 must be set to RAMP to stop, for DC braking to
be enabled.

60.08
DC Brake Range: 0.00 to 60.00 Hz Default: 0
Frequency Point Unit: 0.01 Hz
This parameter determines the Frequency Point for DC Braking to
begin upon a stop command.
Note: DC Braking during Start-Up is used for loads that may
move before the AC drive starts, such as fans and pumps. These
loads may also be moving in the wrong direction. Under such
circumstances, DC Braking can be executed to hold the load in
position before applying a forward motion.
DC Braking during stopping is used to decrease stopping time
and also to hold a stopped load in position. For high inertia
loads, a dynamic braking resistor may be needed for quick
decelerations.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

5-50 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 51 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 60 — Motor Control

Master
Frequency

Start-Point for
Min. Output DC Braking
Frequency 60.08
Time(s)

60.06 60.07
Operation
Command
ON OFF

DC Braking Current %
60.05

Figure 5-39: DC Braking

60.09
Torque Range: 00 to 10 Default: 0
Compensation Units: %
This parameter selects the % of increased voltage upon
acceleration of the AC drive. This is helpful during start-up to
obtain a higher initial starting torque. Increased voltage to the
motor also increases current and heat. Always start with a low
Torque Compensation value and slowly increase until sufficient
starting torque is achieved.
This parameter may be set during operation.

60.10
Slip Range: 0.00 to 10.00 Default: 0
Compensation An increasing load on an asynchronous motor will cause an
increase in motor slip. This Slip Compensation parameter may
be used to compensate for the nominal slip within a range of
Parameter Settings

0 to 10%.
Descriptions of

When the output current of the AC drive is greater than the motor
no-load current (60.02) the AC drive will adjust its output
frequency to help keep rotor speed constant. The maximum
increase in output frequency is determined by the setting of this
parameter. A setting of 5% will increase output frequency from
60 Hz to 63 Hz percentage.
This parameter may be set during operation.

GVX9000 User Manual 5-51


MN04000001E.book Page 52 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 60 — Motor Control

60.11
PWM Carrier Range: 1 to 15 KHz Default: 9
Frequency The parameter selects the carrier frequency for the PWM
(Pulse-Width Modulated) function.
Table 5-1: Carrier Frequency
Electromagnetic
Carrier Acoustic Noise, Leakage Heat
Frequency Noise Current Dissipation
1 KHz Significant Minimal Minimal
15 KHz Minimal Significant Significant
From Table 5-1, we see that the carrier frequency for the PWM
function has a significant influence on the electromagnetic noise,
heat dissipation of the AC drive, and the acoustic noise of the
motor.

60.12
Motor Poles Range: 2 to 10 Default: 4

60.13
Motor Rated Slip Range: 0.00 to 20.00 Hz Default: 3.00
The parameter determines the motor’s rated slip. Standard 1800
rpm induction motors have 3% slip. If the motor connected to the
drive has a different rated slip, enter it here.

60.14
Slip Range: 0 to 250% Default: 200
Compensation This parameter will limit the output frequency when Slip
Limit Compensation is enabled.

60.15
Time Constant for Range: 0.01 ~ 10.00 sec. Default: 0.05
Parameter Settings

Torque This parameter selects the time delay for Torque Compensation.
Descriptions of

Compensation

60.16
Time Constant for Range: 0.01 ~ 10.00 sec. Default: 0.10
Slip This parameter selects the time delay for Slip Compensation.
Compensation

60.17
Hunting Range: 0 ~ 1000 Default: 0
Coefficient This parameter helps eliminate the drive from hunting for speed.
Suggested value is about 500 – 1000.

5-52 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 53 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 60 — Motor Control

60.18
CLV — Encoder Range: 00 – 40000 (2 poles: 00 – 20000) Default: 600
Pulses Enter the encoder’s pulses per revolution (PPR).

60.19
CLV — Encoder Range: Default: 0
Mode 00 PG disable
01 Single-phase
02 Forward / Counterclockwise rotation
03 Reverse / Clockwise rotation
This parameter enables the encoder feedback and determines
the direction of A vs. B phase.

60.20
CLV — P Gain Range: 0.0 ~ 10.0 Default: 1.0

60.21
CLV — I Gain Range: 0.0 ~ 100.00 Default: 1.00
Setting this parameter to 0.0 will disable this function.

60.22
CLV — Frequency Range: 0.0 ~ 100.00 Hz Default: 10.00
Limit Setting this parameter to 0.0 will disable this function.

60.23
CLV — Encoder Range: 0.01 ~ 1.00 sec. Default: 0.10
Detection Update This parameter selects the scan time of the encoder feedback.
Time This parameter will set the update rate for 90.26, 90.27.

60.24
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

CLV — Encoder Range: Default: 00


Fault Treatment 00 Warning and Keep operating
01 Warning and Ramp to stop
02 Warning and Coast to stop
This parameter selects how the drive will operate when the
encoder signal is lost.

60.25
CLV — Encoder Range: 0.01 ~ 10.00 sec. Default: 1.00
Feedback Fault This parameter determines the time between encoder pulses.
Detection Time

GVX9000 User Manual 5-53


MN04000001E.book Page 54 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 60 — Motor Control

60.26
CLV — Encoder Range: 0.002 ~ 1.00 Default: 00
Feedback Filter 00 Disable
[description]

60.27
CLV — Encoder Range: 0.0 ~ 50.0% Default: 10.0
Slip Range This parameter determines the percentage error of the feedback
(Deviation Range) compared to command. If the error is greater than the number
programmed in this parameter a Encoder fault will occur.
Calculated as Pr 60.27 x Pr 50.14 = slip frequency.

60.28
CLV — Encoder Range: 0 ~ 115% Default: 110
Stall Level (Over This parameter determines the maximum encoder feedback
Speed) signal allowed before a encoder feedback fault will occur. Pr
60.18 x Pr 50.14 = Max feedback frequency.

60.29
SV Zero Speed Range: Default: 0
Mode 0 Standby
1 Zero Speed Control
This parameter determines the type of control the drive will use
when a 0.0 Hz speed command is given in a RUN state.

60.30
SV Zero Speed Range: 0.0 to 30.0% Default: 0
DC Voltage Level This parameter determines the amount of voltage applied to the
motor during RUN command when the frequency is less than or
equal to 50.19 and 60.29 = 1. Be careful adjusting this value to
avoid over current or over heat of the GVX9000.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

5-54 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 55 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 70 — Protective Functions

Group 70 — Protective Functions


70.01
Over-voltage Stall Range: See below Default: See below
Prevention 00 Disable
230V Series: 330 ~ 410V 390
460V Series: 660 ~ 820V 780
575V Series: 825 ~ 1025V 950
During deceleration, the AC drive’s DC bus voltage may exceed
its maximum allowable value due to motor regeneration. When
this function is enabled, the AC drive will stop decelerating, and
maintain a constant output frequency. The drive will resume
deceleration when the voltage drops below the factory-preset
value.
Note: With moderate inertia loads, over-voltage during
deceleration will not occur. For application with high inertia
loads, the AC drive will automatically extend the deceleration
time. If deceleration time is critical for the application, then a
dynamic braking resistor should be used.

DC Bus Voltage
Over-Voltage
Level 70.01

Time
Output
Freq.

Parameter Settings

Time
Descriptions of

Figure 5-40: Over-Voltage Stall Prevention

GVX9000 User Manual 5-55


MN04000001E.book Page 56 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 70 — Protective Functions

70.02
Over Current Stall Range: 20 to 200% Default: 170
Prevention during 00 Disable
Acceleration
20 to 200%: enable
Unit: 1%
A setting of 100% is equal to the Rated Output Current of the drive.
Under certain conditions, the AC drive output current may
increase abruptly, and exceed the value specified by 70.02. This
is commonly caused by a rapid acceleration or excessive loading
on the motor. When 70.02 is enabled, the AC drive will stop
accelerating and maintain a constant output frequency. The AC
drive will only resume acceleration when the current drops
below the value set in 70.02.

70.03
Over Current Stall Range: 20 to 200% Default: 170
Prevention during 00 Disable
Operation
20 to 200%: enable
Unit: 1%
During steady-state operation with the motor load rapidly
increasing, the AC drive output current may exceed the limit
specified in 70.03. When this occurs, the output frequency will
decrease to prevent an Over Current Fault. The drive will
accelerate back to the command frequency only when the output
current drops below the level specified by 70.03.

Output Current Output Current


Over- Over-
Current Current
Level Level
70.02 70.03

Time Time
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Output
Freq. Output
Freq.

Time Time

Over-Current Stall Prevention Over-Current Stall Prevention


during Acceleration during Operation

Figure 5-41: Over-Current Stall Prevention

5-56 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 57 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 70 — Protective Functions

70.04
Over-Torque Range: Default: 00
Detection Mode 00 Disabled
01 Enabled during constant speed operation, drive halted after
fault
02 Enabled during constant speed operation, operation
continues after fault
03 Enabled during operation, drive halted after fault
04 Enabled during operation, operation continues after fault

70.05
Over-Torque Range: 10 to 200% Default: 150%
Detection Level Unit: 1%
A setting of 100% is proportional to the Rated Output Current of
the drive.
This parameter sets the Over-Torque Detection level in 1%
increments. (The AC drive rated current is equal to 100%.)

70.06
Over-Torque Range: 0.1 to 10.0 sec. Default: 0.1
Detection Time Unit: 0.1 sec
This parameter sets the Over-Torque Detection Time in units of
0.1 seconds.

70.07
Electronic Range: Default: 01
Thermal Overload 00 Constant Torque
Relay
01 Variable Torque
02 Inactive
This function is used to limit the output power of the AC drive
when powering a “self-cooled” motor at low speed.
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

70.08
Electronic Range: 30 to 300 sec. Default: 60
Thermal The parameter determines the time required to activate the I2t
Characteristic electronic thermal motor overload function. Figure 5-42 shows I2t
curves for 150% output power for 1 minute.

GVX9000 User Manual 5-57


MN04000001E.book Page 58 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 70 — Protective Functions

Operation
Time Time
(Min) (Min)
5 30
28
60 Hz 26
4 24
or More 22
50 Hz 20
3 18
16
10 Hz 14
2 12
5 Hz 10
8
1 6
4
2
0
0 20 40 60 80 100130 140160 180200 100 120 140 160 180 200
Load Factor % Overload %
Overload Endurance Curve

Figure 5-42: I2t Curves

70.09
Auto Voltage Range: Default: 00
Regulation (AVR) 00 AVR enabled
01 AVR disabled
02 AVR disabled during decel
03 AVR disabled during stop
The AVR function automatically regulates the AC drive’s output
voltage to meet the value set in 50.16 (Motor Nameplate
Voltage).
Example: If 50.16 is set at 200V AC and the input voltage is
varying between 200V to 264V AC, the drive’s output voltage will
automatically be limited to 200V AC.
Parameter Settings

Without AVR function, the Motor Nameplate Voltage may vary


Descriptions of

between 180V to 264V AC, due to the input voltage varying


between 180V to 264V AC.
Selecting value 2 enables the AVR function and also disables the
AVR function during deceleration. This offers a quicker
deceleration and is most commonly used.

5-58 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 59 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 70 — Protective Functions

70.10
Auto Range: Default: 00
Energy-Saving 00 Disable
Operation
01 Enable

Output
Voltage
100%

70% With energy-saving enabled,


the drive automatically
adjusts the output voltage
based on the output power
level. The maximum output
voltage reduction is 30%.

0 Output Voltage
Frequency
Base

Figure 5-43: Output Voltage Adjustment

70.11
Under Current Range: Default: 0.0
Detection Value 0.0 Disable
0.1 To No Load Amps
The under current detection level of the AC drive. The value must
be smaller than or equal to Motor No-Load Current (60.02).

70.12
Under Current Range: Default: 01
Detection Mode 00 Output fault (and coast stop)
01 Output fault & ramp to Stop
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

02 Coast stop and restart after delay 70.14 setting time


Setting 0 or 1 = If the output current falls below 70.11, then the
drive will generate an output fault via one of the digital outputs.
Setting 2 = If the output current falls below 70.11, then the drive
will standby and restart after delay time in 70.14.

70.13
Under Current Range: 0.0 to 20.0 sec. Default: 1.0
Detection Time The parameter determines the delay time before an under
current output fault will occur.

GVX9000 User Manual 5-59


MN04000001E.book Page 60 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 70 — Protective Functions

70.14
Under Current Range: 1 to 3600 sec. Default: 60
Detection Restart This parameter determines the time delay before we restart the
Time drive after an under current detection has occurred.

70.15
Low Voltage Range: See below Default: 0
Detection Level 0 Disabled
240V Series: 240 – 300V DC
480V Series: 480 – 600V DC
575V Series: 520 – 780V DC
This parameter defines the voltage level that triggers digital
output terminals (40.03 – 40.06) when the setting is option 31.

70.16
Low Voltage Range: 0 to 3600.0 sec. Default: 0.5
Detection Time

70.17
Cooling Fan Mode Range: Default: 0
0 Always on
1 Fan is off one minute after stop command
2 Fan on with run, fan off with stop
3 Fan on when temp limit reached

70.18
Line Start Lock Range: Default: 00
Out 00 Start lockout disabled; keep previous status when operation
command source changed
01 Start lockout enabled; keep previous status when operation
command source changed
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

02 Start lockout disabled; change according to the new


operation command source
03 Start lockout enabled; change according to the new
operation command source
This parameter determines how the drive will respond to a
contact closure RUN command on the digital input terminals
when the drive powers up or is changed from one command
location to another command location using HOA or LOC/REM.
Note: This parameter also functions when changing parameters
50.03 or 50.04.

5-60 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 61 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 70 — Protective Functions

70.19
Brake Chopper Range: See below Default: See below
ON Voltage 0 Disabled
230V Series: 370 – 430V DC 380
460V Series: 740 – 860V DC 760
575V Series: 925 – 1075V DC 950
This parameter determines when the on board braking transistor
will begin to dump voltage to an externally mounted resistor.
This function is only for 1 – 15 hp drives. Larger drives will use an
external braking transistor module shown in Appendix C.

70.20
Auto Restart Range: 00 to 10 Default: 00
After Fault This parameter determines the wait time to reset 70.20 after a
fault upon restart.

70.21
Reset Time for Range: 0 to 60000 sec. Default: 600
Auto Restart after This parameter determines the wait time to reset 70.20 after a
Fault fault upon restart.

70.22
OV Fault of Stop Range: Default: 00
Auto Reset 00 Disabled
01 Enable
This parameter determines if the drive will reset itself after an
Over Voltage has occurred during a STOP state. This could help
with nuisance Over Voltage faults that occur at night when the
power grid rises beyond our threshold. Caution: If the input
voltage rises beyond the drives input rating, the drive will be
permanently damaged. Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

GVX9000 User Manual 5-61


MN04000001E.book Page 62 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 80 — Keypad / Display

Group 80 — Keypad / Display


80.01
Software Version Range: #.## Default: #.##
Read only.

80.02
AC Drive Rated Range: ##.# Default: ##.#
Current Display Read only.

80.03
Manufacturer 00 GVX001A1-2 (240V AC, 1 hp – CT)
Model Information 01 GVX002A1-2 (240V AC, 2 hp – CT)
02 GVX003A1-2 (240V AC, 3 hp – CT)
03 GVX005A1-2 (240V AC, 5 hp – CT)
04 GVX007A1-2 (240V AC, 7-1/2 hp – CT)
05 GVX010A1-2 (240V AC, 10 hp – CT)
06 GVX015A1-2 (240V AC, 15 hp – CT)
07 GVX020A1-2 (240V AC, 20 hp – CT)
08 GVX025A1-2 (240V AC, 25 hp – CT)
09 GVX030A1-2 (240V AC, 30 hp – CT)
10 GVX040A1-2 (240V AC, 40 hp – CT)
11 GVX050A1-2 (240V AC, 50 hp – CT)
12 Reserved
13 Reserved
14 GVX001A1-4 (480V AC, 1 hp – CT)
15 GVX002A1-4 (480V AC, 2 hp – CT)
16 GVX003A1-4 (480V AC, 3 hp – CT)
17 GVX005A1-4 (480V AC, 5 hp – CT)
18 GVX007A1-4 (480V AC, 7-1/2 hp – CT)
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

19 GVX010A1-4 (480V AC, 10 hp – CT)


20 GVX015A1-4 (480V AC, 15 hp – CT)
21 GVX020A1-4 (480V AC, 20 hp – CT)
22 GVX025A1-4 (480V AC, 25 hp – CT)
23 GVX030A1-4 (480V AC, 30 hp – CT)
24 GVX040A1-4 (480V AC, 40 hp – CT)
25 GVX050A1-4 (480V AC, 50 hp – CT)
26 GVX060A1-4 (480V AC, 60 hp – CT)
27 GVX075A1-4 (480V AC, 75 hp – CT)
28 GVX100A1-4 (480V AC, 100 hp – CT)
29 GVX125A1-4 (480V AC, 125 hp – VT)

5-62 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 63 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 80 — Keypad / Display

80.03, continued
Manufacturer 30 GVX150A1-4 (480V AC, 150 hp – VT)
Model Information, 31 GVX175A1-4 (480V AC, 175 hp – VT)
continued
32 GVX215A1-4 (480V AC, 215 hp – VT)
33 GVX250A1-4 (480V AC, 250 hp – VT)
34 Reserved
35 Reserved
36 GVX001A1-5 (575V AC, 1 hp – CT)
37 GVX002A1-5 (575V AC, 2 hp – CT)
38 GVX003A1-5 (575V AC, 3 hp – CT)
39 GVX005A1-5 (575V AC, 5 hp – CT)
40 GVX007A1-5 (575V AC, 7-1/2 hp – CT)
41 GVX010A1-5 (575V AC, 10 hp – CT)
42 GVX015A1-5 (575V AC, 15 hp – CT)
43 GVX020A1-5 (575V AC, 20 hp – CT)
44 GVX025A1-5 (575V AC, 25 hp – CT)
45 GVX030A1-6 (575V AC, 30 hp – CT)
46 GVX040A1-5 (575V AC, 40 hp – CT)
47 GVX050A1-5 (575V AC, 50 hp – CT)
48 GVX060A1-5 (575V AC, 60 hp – CT)
49 GVX075A1-6 (575V AC, 75 hp – CT)
50 GVX100A1-5 (575V AC, 100 hp – CT)
Read only.

80.04
Fault Record 1 Range: 00 – 26 Default: 0
Read only.

80.05
Fault Record 2 Range: 00 – 26 Default: 0
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Read only.

GVX9000 User Manual 5-63


MN04000001E.book Page 64 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 80 — Keypad / Display

80.06
Fault Record 3 Range: 00 – 26 Default: 0
Read only.

80.07
Fault Record 4 Range: Default: 0
00 No fault occurred
01 Over Current
02 Over Voltage
03 Overheat
04 Overload
05 Overload 1
06 Over Torque
07 External Fault
08 CPU failure 1
09 CPU failure 2
10 CPU failure 3
11 Hardware Protection Failure
12 Over-current during accel
13 Over-current during decel
14 Over-current during steady state
15 Ground fault or fuse failure
16 Reserved
17 3-phase Input Power Loss
18 Reserved
19 Auto Adjust accel/decel failure
20 Software protection code
21 IGBT Short circuit
22 Loss of 4 – 20 mA
Parameter Settings

23 Under Current Detected


Descriptions of

24 Encoder Fault
25 Feedback Deviation Err
26 Count Attained
Read only.

5-64 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 65 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 80 — Keypad / Display

80.08
Power Up Display Range: Default: 00
Selection (Also 00 Command Frequency
Order of
Appearance 01 Output Frequency
When Scrolling 02 Output Current
through Display 03 User Defined
Modes)
04 Output Voltage
05 Unit Temperature
06 Forward/Reverse Direction
This parameter determines what will be displayed upon power
being applied to the drive.

80.09
User Defined Range: 0.01 to 160.00 Default: 1
Multiplier This parameter determines the multiplier used for the “User
Defined” display.

80.10
External Terminal Range: 01 to 20 Default: 1
Scanning Time Unit: 2 msec
This function scans the I/O terminals to help eliminate false
signals due to noise.
Actual Scan Time= 80.10 x 2 msec

80.11
Parameter Lock Range: Default: 00
and Configuration 00 All parameters can be set and read
01 All parameters are read only
10 Reset all parameters to the factory defaults

80.12
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

Run Time — Range: 0 to 65535 Default: 0


Timer Day

80.13
Run Time — Range: 0 to 65535 Default: 0
Timer Minutes

80.14
Power On Time — Range: 0 to 65535 Default: 0
Timer Day

GVX9000 User Manual 5-65


MN04000001E.book Page 66 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 80 — Keypad / Display

80.15
Power On Time — Range: 0 to 65535 Default: 0
Timer Minutes

80.16
Display Scroll Range: Default: 00
00 Disable
01 Scroll every 5 seconds after 1 minute delay
02 Scroll every 15 seconds after 1 minute delay
This parameter selects the automatic display scroll mode. If
parameter 80.16 is set to 01 or 02, the display will scroll through
all available views and repeat.

80.17
Content of Range: Default: 00
Multifunction 00 Display output current
Display
01 Display counter value
02 Display DC-BUS voltage
03 Display output voltage
04 Output power factor angle
05 Display output power (kW)
06 Display actual motor speed (rpm)
07 Display the estimative value of the ratio of torque
08 Display PG numbers/10 ms
09 Display analog feedback signal value (%)
10 Display AI1 (%)
11 Display AI2 (%)
12 Display AI3 (%)
13 Unit Temperature
Parameter Settings

80.18
Descriptions of

Password Input Range: 1 ~ 65535 Default: 0


Enter your password for the first time in this parameter.

80.19
Password Decode Range: 0 ~ 65535 Default: 0
If a password has been entered this parameter will display a 1. To
unlock the drive, enter your password into this parameter.

5-66 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 67 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 90 — Communication

Group 90 — Communication
90.01
Communication Range: Default: 00
Protocol 00 Modbus ASCII Mode < 7 data bits, no parity, 2 stop bits >
01 Modbus ASCII Mode < 7 data bits, even parity, 1 stop bit >
02 Modbus ASCII Mode < 7 data bits, odd parity, 1 stop bit >
03 Modbus RTU Mode < 8 data bits, no parity, 2 stop bits >
04 Modbus RTU Mode < 8 data bits, even parity, 1 stop bit >
05 Modbus RTU Mode < 8 data bits, odd parity, 1 stop bit >

90.02
RS-485 Range: 01 to d 254 Default: 01
Communication

90.03
Transmission Range: Default: 01
Speed 00 4800 baud
01 9600 baud
02 19200 baud
03 38400 baud

90.04
Transmission Range: Default: 03
Fault Treatment 00 Display fault and Continue operating
01 Display fault and Ramp to stop
02 Display fault and Coast to stop
03 No fault displayed and continue operating

90.05
Parameter Settings

Over Time Range: 0.0 to 120.0 sec. Default: 0


Descriptions of

Detection 0.0 Disable

90.06
Communication Range: 0.0 to 400.0 Hz Default: 0.00 Hz
Frequency
Reference

GVX9000 User Manual 5-67


MN04000001E.book Page 68 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 90 — Communication

90.07
Communication Range: Default: N/A
Command Bit 0-1 00 No function
01 Stop
10 Run
11 JOG + Run
Bit 2-3 Reserved
Bit 4-5 00 No function
01 Forward
10 Reverse
11 Change direction
Bit 6-15 Reserved

90.08
Communication Range: Default: N/A
of EF and Reset Bit 0 1 EF On
Bit 1 1 Reset
Bit 2-15 Reserved

90.09
Status Monitor Range: Default: N/A
for Error Code 00 No Fault occurred
01 Over-current
02 Over-voltage
03 Overheat
04 Overload
05 Overload 1
06 Over Torque
07 External Fault
08 CPU Failure 1
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

09 CPU Failure 2
10 CPU Failure 3
11 Hardware Protection Failure
12 Over-current during accel
13 Over-current during decel
14 Over-current during steady state
15 Ground fault or fuse failure
16 Under Voltage

5-68 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 69 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 90 — Communication

90.09, continued
Status Monitor 17 3-Phase Input Power Loss
for Error Code, 18 Pause
continued
19 Auto Adjust accel/decel failure
20 Software protection code
21 IGBT Short circuit
22 Loss of 4 – 20 mA
23 Under Current Detected
24 Encoder Fault
25 Feedback Deviation Err
26 Count Attained

90.10
Status Monitor Range: Default: N/A
for AC Drive Bit 0-1 00 Stop
01 Decelerate during the drive stopping
10 The drive standby
11 Run
Bit 2 1 JOG active
Bit 3-4 00 FWD
01 REV to FWD
10 FWD to REV
11 REV
Bit 5-7 Reserved
Bit 8 1 Source of frequency by communication
Bit 9 1 Source of frequency by AI
Bit 10 1 Source of operation by communication
Bit 11 1 Parameters have been locked
Bit 12-15 Reserved
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

90.11
Status Monitor Range: 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (%) Default: N/A
for
Communication
Frequency

90.12
Status Monitor Range: 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (%) Default: N/A
for Output
Frequency

GVX9000 User Manual 5-69


MN04000001E.book Page 70 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 90 — Communication

90.13
Status Monitor Range: 0.0 to Max Amps Default: N/A
for Output
Current

90.14
Status Monitor Range: 00 to 65535 Default: N/A
for User Defined
(High Word)

90.15
Status Monitor Range: 0.00 to 655.35 Default: N/A
for User Defined
(Low Word)

90.16
Status Monitor Range: 0.0 to Max VAC Default: N/A
for Output
Voltage

90.17
Status Monitor Range: 0.0 to Max degree C Default: N/A
for Unit
Temperature

90.18
Status Monitor Range: 0.0 to Max VDC Default: N/A
for DC Bus
Voltage

90.19
Status Monitor Range: 0 to Max step Default: N/A
for Multi-Step
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

90.20
Status Monitor Range: 00 to 65535 Default: N/A
for Counter

90.21
Feedback Signal Range: 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (%) Default: N/A

90.22
PID Setpoint Range: 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (%) Default: N/A

5-70 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 71 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Group 90 — Communication

90.23
AI1 Signal Range: 0.00 ~ 100.00% Default: N/A

90.24
AI2 Signal Range: 0.00 ~ 100.00% Default: N/A

90.25
AI3 Signal Range: 0.00 ~ 100.00% Default: N/A

90.26
PG Pulses (Low Range: 00 to 65535 Default: N/A
Word)/Unit Time

90.27
PG Pulses (High Range: 00 to 65535 Default: N/A
Word)/Unit Time

90.28
Motor Speed Range: 00 to 65535 Default: N/A
(rpm)

90.29
Torque Range: ####.# Default: N/A

90.30
Output Power Range: ###.## kW Default: N/A
Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

90.31
Digital Input Range: 00 to 65535 Default: N/A
State

GVX9000 User Manual 5-71


MN04000001E.book Page 72 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

This page intentionally left blank.


Parameter Settings
Descriptions of

5-72 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Chapter 6
Maintenance and Inspection

Inside this chapter …

Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2


Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Maintenance and
Inspection

GVX9000 User Manual 6-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Periodic Inspection

Modern AC drives are based on solid-state electronics technology. Preventive


maintenance is required to operate this AC drive in optimal condition, and to
ensure a long life. A monthly check up of the AC drive by a qualified technician is
recommended. Before the check up, always turn off the AC Input Power to the
unit. Wait at least 2 minutes after all display lamps have gone out, and then
confirm that the capacitors have fully discharged by measuring the voltage
between B1 and Ground using a multi meter set to measure DC.

Periodic Inspection
Check the following periodically to detect:
• Whether the motors are operating as expected.
• Whether the installation environment is abnormal.
• Whether the cooling system is operating as expected.
• Whether any irregular vibration or sound occurred during the operation.
• Whether the motors are overheating during the operation.
Note: Always check the input voltage of the AC drive with a Voltmeter.

Periodic Maintenance
WARNING!
Disconnect AC power before proceeding!

1. Tighten the AC drive input and output power screws if necessary. These
screws might loosen due to vibration or temperature changes.
2. Check if the conductors or insulators are corroded and damaged.
3. Check the insulation resistance with Mega-ohm meters.
4. If the AC drive is not to be used for a long periods of time, turn the power on
at least once every two years and confirm that it still functions properly. To
confirm functionality, disconnect the motor and energize the AC drive for at
least 5 hours before attempting to run a motor with it.
5. Clean off any dust and dirt with a vacuum cleaner. Place special emphasis on
cleaning the ventilation ports and PCBs. Always keep these areas clean, as
accumulation of dust and dirt can cause unforeseen failures.
Maintenance and
Inspection

6-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Troubleshooting and
Fault Information
Chapter 7
Troubleshooting and Fault Information

Inside this chapter …

Common Problems and Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2


Warning Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

GVX9000 User Manual 7-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Common Problems and Solutions


Troubleshooting and

The AC drive has a comprehensive fault diagnostic system that includes several
Fault Information

different alarms and fault messages. Once a fault is detected, the corresponding
protective functions will be activated. The following faults are displayed as
shown on the AC drive digital keypad display. The three most recent faults can be
read on the digital keypad display by viewing 80.04 through 80.06.
Note: Faults can be cleared by resetting at the keypad or with the Input Terminal.

Common Problems and Solutions


Table 7-1: Common Problems and Solutions
Fault Name Fault Descriptions Corrective Actions

Over Current The AC drive detects an 1. Check that the motor horsepower
abnormal increase in corresponds to the AC drive output
current. power.
2. Check the wiring connections between
the AC drive and motor for possible
short circuits.
3. Increase the acceleration time (50.24,
50.26, 50.28, 50.30).
4. Check for possible excessive loading
conditions at the motor.
5. If there are any abnormal conditions
when operating the AC drive after a
short circuit is removed, it should be
sent back to manufacturer.
Over Voltage The AC drive detects 1. Check that the input voltage falls within
that the DC bus voltage the rated AC drive input voltage.
has exceeded its 2. Check for possible voltage transients.
maximum allowable 3. Bus over-voltage may also be caused by
value. motor regeneration. Either increase the
deceleration time or add an optional
braking resistor.
4. Check whether the required braking
power is within the specified limits.
Over Heat The AC drive 1. Make sure that the ambient temperature
temperature sensor falls within the specified temperature
detects excessive heat. range.
2. Make sure that the ventilation holes are
not obstructed.
3. Remove any foreign objects from the
heatsink and check for possible dirty
heatsink fins.
4. Provide enough spacing for adequate
ventilation.
Low Voltage The AC drive detects Check that the input voltage falls within the
that the DC bus voltage rated AC drive’s input voltage.
has fallen below its
minimum value.

7-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Common Problems and Solutions

Troubleshooting and
Table 7-1: Common Problems and Solutions, Continued

Fault Information
Fault Name Fault Descriptions Corrective Actions

Over Load The AC drive detects 1. Check if the motor is overloaded.


excessive drive output 2. Reduce the torque compensation
current. setting in 60.09.
Note: The AC drive can 3. Replace the AC drive with one that has a
withstand up to 150% higher output capacity (next hp size).
of the rated current for
a maximum of 60
seconds.
Over Load 1 Internal electronic 1. Check for possible motor overload.
overload trip 2. Check electronic thermal overload
setting.
3. Increase motor capacity.
4. Reduce the current level so that the
drive output current does not exceed
the value set by the Motor Rated
Current (60.01).
Over Torque Motor overload. Check 1. Reduce the motor load.
the parameter settings 2. Adjust the over-torque detection setting
(70.04 through 70.06) to an appropriate setting.
Over Current Over-current during 1. Check for possible poor insulation at the
During Accel acceleration: output line.
1. Short-circuit at 2. Decrease the torque boost setting in
motor output. 60.09.
2. Torque boost too 3. Increase the acceleration time.
high. 4. Replace the AC drive with one that has a
3. Acceleration time higher output capacity (next hp size).
too short.
4. AC drive output
capacity is too
small.
Over Current Over-current during 1. Check for possible poor insulation at the
During Decel deceleration: output line.
1. Short-circuit at 2. Increase the deceleration time.
motor output. 3. Replace the AC drive with one that has a
2. Deceleration time higher output capacity (next hp size).
too short.
3. AC drive output
capacity is too
small.
Over Current Over-current during 1. Check for possible poor insulation at the
During Steady steady state operation: output line.
State 1. Short-circuit at 2. Check for possible motor stall.
motor output. 3. Replace the AC drive with one that has a
2. Sudden increase in higher output capacity (next hp size).
motor loading.
3. AC drive output
capacity is too
small.

GVX9000 User Manual 7-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Common Problems and Solutions


Troubleshooting and

Table 7-1: Common Problems and Solutions, Continued


Fault Information

Fault Name Fault Descriptions Corrective Actions

CPU Failure 1 Internal memory 1. Switch off power supply.


cannot be 2. Check whether the input voltage falls
programmed. within the rated AC drive input voltage.
Switch the AC drive back on.
CPU Failure 2 Internal memory 1. Check the connections between the
cannot be read. main control board and the power
board.
2. Reset the drive to factory defaults.
Hardware Hardware protection Return the drive to the factory.
Protection failure
Failure
Software Software protection Return the drive to the factory.
Protection failure
Code
CPU Failure 3 Drive’s internal circuitry 1. Switch off power supply.
is abnormal. 2. Check whether the input voltage falls
within the rated AC drive input voltage.
Switch on the AC drive.
External Fault The external terminal When external terminal DI1-COM is closed,
DI1-COM goes from the drive’s output will be turned off and will
OFF to ON. display EF.
Auto Accel/ Auto acceleration/ Don’t use the auto acceleration/
Decel Failure deceleration failure deceleration function.
Ground Fault Ground fault: Ground fault:
or Fuse Failure The AC drive output is 1. Check whether the IGBT power module
abnormal. When the is damaged.
output terminal is 2. Check for possible poor insulation on
grounded (short circuit the output wires or on the motor.
current is 50% more
than the AC drive rated
current), the AC drive
power module may be
damaged. The short
circuit protection is
provided for AC drive
protection, not user
protection.
Pause External Pause. 1. When the external input terminal
AC drive output is (pause) is active, the AC drive output
turned off. will be turned off.
2. Disable this (pause) and the AC drive
will begin to work again.

7-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 5 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Warning Codes

Troubleshooting and
Warning Codes

Fault Information
Table 7-2: Warning Codes
Warning Name Warning Descriptions Corrective Actions

Command Error 1 Illegal command code. The The corrective action can
command code received in the be set with the
command message is not available Transmission Fault
for the AC drive. Treatment parameter
90.04.
Command Error 2 Illegal data address. The data
address received in the command
message is not available for the AC
drive.
Command Error 3 Illegal data value. The data value
received in the command message
is not available for the AC drive.
Command Error 4 Slave device failure. The AC drive is
unable to perform the requested
action.
Communication Communication time out
Time Out
Over Torque Motor overload. Check the 1. Reduce the motor
parameter settings 70.04 - 70.06. load.
2. Adjust the over-torque
detection setting to an
appropriate setting.
Feedback Error PID feedback loss The corrective action can
be set with treatment of
the erroneous feedback
signals parameter 50.69.
Auto Adjust Error Auto Tune Error Check whether the AC
drive’s wiring is correct.
Copy Error Copy Keypad check error for saving Check whether the
the date of each parameter. communication wiring is
correct and function is
normal. It allows copying
when the voltage and
horsepower is the same.
Save Error The Drive check error for saving to Check whether the
the drive. communication wiring is
correct and function is
normal. It allows copying
when the voltage and
horsepower is the same.
Under Current Under current fault. Check parameter 70.11 to
70.13.

GVX9000 User Manual 7-5


MN04000001E.book Page 6 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM
Troubleshooting and

This page intentionally left blank.


Fault Information

7-6 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Appendix A
Technical Data

Inside this chapter …

Technical Data
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2

GVX9000 User Manual A-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Technical Data

Technical Data
Table A-1: GVX9000 230V Specifications
Voltage Class 230V Class
Model Number
GVX-XXXA1-2 001 002 003 005 007 010 015 020 025 030 040 050
CT/VT: Max. 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37
Applicable
Motor Output (kW)
Technical Data

CT/VT: Max. 1 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50


Applicable
Motor Output (hp)
Output Rating
CT/VT: Rated 1.9 2.5 4.2 6.5 9.5 12.5 18.3 24.7 28.6 34.3 45.7 55.0
Output
Capacity (kVA)
CT/VT: Rated 5.0 7.0 11 17 25 33 49 65 75 90 120 145
Output
Current (A)
Maximum 3-Phase Proportional to Input Voltage
Output
Voltage (V)
Output 0.1 ~ 400 Hz
Frequency (Hz)
Carrier 1 – 15 1–9
Frequency (kHz)
Input Rating
Rated Input Single/3-phase 3-phase
Current (A)
11.9/ 15.3/ 22/ 20.6 26 34 50 60 75 90 110 142
7.0 9.4 14.0
Rated Voltage Single/3-phase 3-phase
Frequency 200 – 240 V, 200 – 240V, 50/60Hz
50/60 Hz
Voltage ± 10% (180 ~ 264V)
Tolerance
Frequency ± 5% (47 ~ 63 Hz)
Tolerance

Cooling Method Natural Fan Cooled


Weight 10.8 11.5 11.5 11.5 17.07 17.07 17.07 31.9 31.9 31.9 106.8 106.8
in Lbs. (kg) (4.9) (5.2) (5.2) (5.2) (7.75) (7.75) (7.75) (14.5) (14.5) (14.5) (48.5) (48.5)

A-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Technical Data

Table A-2: GVX9000 460V Specifications


Voltage
Class 460V Class
Model
Number
GVX-
XXXA1-4 001 002 003 005 007 010 015 020 025 030 040 050 060 075 100
CT: Max. 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75
Applicable
Motor Output

Technical Data
(kW)
VT: Max. 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90
Applicable
Motor Output
(kW)
CT: Max. 1 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100
Applicable
Motor Output
(hp)
VT: Max. 1 2 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125
Applicable
Motor Output
(hp)
Output Rating
CT: Rated 2.3 3.2 4.2 6.5 9.9 13.7 18.3 24.4 28.9 34.3 45.7 55.6 69.3 84 114
Output
Capacity (kVA)
VT: Rated 2.3 3.2 4.2 6.5 14 18 25 29 34 46 56 69 84 114 137
Output
Capacity (kVA)
CT: Rated 2.7 4.2 5.5 8.5 13 18 24 32 38 45 60 73 91 110 150
Output
Current (A)
VT: Rated 2.7 4.2 5.5 8.5 18 24 32 38 45 60 73 91 110 150 180
Output
Current (A)
Maximum 3-phase Proportional to Input Voltage
Output
Voltage (V)
Output 0.1 ~ 400 Hz
Frequency
Carrier 1 – 15 1–9 1–6
Frequency
(kHz)
Input Rating
Rated Input 3-phase
Current (A) 3.2 4.3 5.9 11.2 19 25 33 46 56 70 75 95 110 150 180
Rated Voltage 3-phase 380 to 480 V
Frequency
Voltage ± 10% (342 – 528V)
Tolerance
Frequency ± 5% (47 – 63 Hz)
Tolerance
Cooling Natural Fan Cooled
Method
Weight 10.8 10.8 11.5 11.5 17.0 17.0 17.0 34.1 34.1 34.1 104 104 121 121 121
in Lbs. (kg) (4.9) (4.9) (5.2) (5.2) (7.7) (7.7) (7.7) (15.5) (15.5) (15.5) (47) (47) (55) (55) (55)

GVX9000 User Manual A-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Technical Data

Table A-3: GVX9000 575V Specifications


Voltage
Class 575V Class
Model
Number
GVX-
XXXA1-5 001 002 003 005 007 010 015 020 025 030 040 050 060 075 100
Max. 0.7 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75
Applicable
Motor Output
(kW)
Technical Data

Max. 1 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100


Applicable
Motor Output
(hp)
Output Rating
Rated Output 1.7 3.5 4.5 7.5 10 13.4 18.9 21.9 26.9 33.9 40.8 51.8 61.7 79.7 99.6
Capacity
(kVA)
Rated Output 1.7 3.5 4.5 7.5 10 13.5 19 22 27 34 41 52 62 80 100
Current (A)
Maximum 3-phase Proportional to Input Voltage
Output
Voltage (V)
Output 0.1 ~ 400 Hz
Frequency
(Hz)
Carrier 1 – 10 1–8 1–6
Frequency
(kHz)
Input Rating
Rated Input 3-phase
Current (A) 1.2 3.1 4.0 8.3 10.3 13.8 18.2 22 27.7 32 41 52 62 74 91
Rated Voltage 3-phase 500 to 600 V
Voltage -15% ~ ± 10% (425 ~ 660V)
Tolerance
Frequency ± 5% (47 – 63 Hz)
Tolerance
Cooling Natural Fan Cooled
Method
Weight 5.9 7.0 9.9 15 18 22 29 29 29 29 79 79 79 110 110
in Lbs. (kg) (2.7) (3.2) (4.5) (6.8) (8) (10) (13) (13) (13) (13) (36) (36) (36) (50) (50)

A-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 5 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Technical Data

Table A-4: General Specifications


Item Description

Operating Frequency Keypad Set by UP, DOWN keys


Characteristics Setting
External Potentiometer -5 kW/0.5W, 0 to +10V DC (Input impedance
Signal 47 kW), serial communication, 4 to 20 mA (Input impedance
250Ω), –10V to +10V(Input impedance 270kΩ) 1 to 15 step speeds,
PID feedback

Operation Keypad Set by START, STOP, RIGHT, LEFT and FWD/REV keys
Setting

Technical Data
Signal External FWD/STOP, REV/STOP (RUN/STOP, FWD/REV), 3-wire control,
Signal serial communication

Digital Input Signal Multi-step selections 1 to 15, Jog, acceleration/deceleration


inhibit, first to forth acceleration/deceleration switch, counter,
External BB (Pause), auxiliary motor control is disabled, driver
reset, UP/DOWN key settings, HOA, LOC/REM switch, sink/source
selection

Digital Output Operating, Up to frequency, Desired frequency, Abnormal


Indication indication, Local/Remote indication, auxiliary motor output,
overheat alarm, emergency stop, under current, low voltage

Analog Output Output frequency/current/voltage/frequency command/speed/


Signal Power factor

Other Functions AVR, S-Curve, Over-Voltage, Over-Current stall prevention, Fault


records checking, Carrier Frequency adjustable, DC injection
braking, Momentary power loss restart, Frequency limit setting,
Parameter lock/reset, Frequency input operation method
selection, Reverse run inhibit, vector control, counter, PG
feedback control, PID control, fan and pump control, etc.

Protection Self-testing, Over-voltage, Over-current, Under-voltage,


Overload, Overheating, External Fault, Ground Fault, I2t, under
current, external fault, IGBT short circuit

Cooling Systems Forced air-cooling

Environment Installation Location Altitude 1,000m or lower, keep from corrosive gasses, liquid and
dust

Pollution Degree 2

Ambient -10 to 50°C (Non-condensing and not frozen) -10 to 40°C for the
Temperature models of 5.5 kW and higher

Storage Temperature -20 to 60°C

Ambient Humidity Below 90% RH (non-condensing)

Vibration 9.80665 m/s2 (1G) less than 20 Hz, 5.88 m/s2 (0.6G) at 20 to 50 Hz

GVX9000 User Manual A-5


MN04000001E.book Page 6 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

This page intentionally left blank.


Technical Data

A-6 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Appendix B
Parameter Tables

Inside this chapter …

GVX9000 Parameter Listings


20 — Easy Mode Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
30 — Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
40 — Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5
50 — AC Drive Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7
60 — Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13

Parameter Tables
70 — Protective Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
80 — Keypad / Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16
90 — Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-21

GVX9000 User Manual B-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-1: 20 — Easy Mode Settings


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

20.01 5-5 Easy Mode Selection 00 – 09 00


00 Factory Settings
01 Basic V/F Curve
02 PID Control
03 Preset Speeds
04 Local/Remote
05 Hand Off Auto (HOA)
06 Variable Torque (Pump/Fan)
07 Spindle Motor
08 Analog Speed Command
09 Closed Loop Vector Control
Parameter Tables

Table B-2: 30 — Inputs


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0100H 30.01 5-6 A1 Maximum Input 0.00 to 10.00V 10.00


Voltage (0 – 10V)
0101H 30.02 5-6 A1 Minimum Input 0.00 to 10.00V 0.00
Voltage (0 – 10V)
0102H 30.03 5-6 A1 Maximum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
Frequency
0103H 30.04 5-6 A1 Minimum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0
Frequency
0104H 30.05 5-6 A1 Reverse Option 00 Negative input = 30.04 00
01 Negative input = Reverse
direction
02 Negative input = Frequency
command only, no
Direction
0105H 30.06 5-6 A2 Maximum Input 0.00 to 20.00 mA 20.00 mA
Current (0 – 20 mA)
0106H 30.07 5-6 A2 Minimum Input 0.00 to 20.00 mA 4.00 mA
Current (0 – 20 mA)
0107H 30.08 5-7 A2 Maximum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
Frequency
0108H 30.09 5-7 A2 Minimum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0
Frequency
0109H 30.10 5-7 A2 Reverse Option 00 Negative input = 30.09 00
01 Negative input = Reverse
direction
02 Negative input = Frequency
command only, no
Direction
010AH 30.11 5-7 A3 Maximum Input -10.00 to 10.00V 10.00V
Voltage (-10 – 10V)

B-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-2: 30 — Inputs (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

010BH 30.12 5-7 A3 Minimum Input -10.00 to 10.00V -10.00V


Voltage (-10 – 10V)
010CH 30.13 5-7 A3 Maximum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
Frequency
010DH 30.14 5-7 A3 Minimum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0
Frequency
010EH 30.15 5-7 A3 Reverse Option 00 Negative input = 30.14 01
01 Negative input = Reverse
direction
02 Negative input = Frequency
command only, no
Direction
010FH 30.16 5-8 A1 Response Time 0.00 to 10.00 sec. 0.05 sec.
0110H 30.17 5-8 A2 Response Time 0.00 to 10.00 sec. 0.05 sec.
0111H 30.18 5-8 A3 Response Time 0.00 to 10.00 sec. 0.05 sec.

Parameter Tables
0112H 30.19 5-8 Analog Input 00 0.01 Hz 01
Frequency Resolution
01 0.1 Hz
0113H 30.20 5-8 Digital Input 01 2-wire Operation Mode 1 02
Terminals D1, D2 D1: FWD / STOP
D2: REV / STOP
02 2-wire Operation Mode 2
D1: RUN / STOP
D2: REV / FWD
03 3-wire Operation Mode
D1: RUN
D2: REV / FWD
D3: STOP
0114H 30.21 5-9 Digital Input Terminal 00 Parameter Disable 05
(D3)
01 External Fault (NO) EF
02 External Fault (NC) EF
03 External Reset (NO)
04 External Reset (NC)
05 Preset Speed Switch 1
06 Preset Speed Switch 2
07 Preset Speed Switch 3
08 Preset Speed Switch 4
09 Jog
10 2nd
Acceleration/Deceleration
time selection
11 3rd
Acceleration/Deceleration
time selection
12 Control Location Hand —
HOA
13 Control Location Auto —
HOA

GVX9000 User Manual B-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-2: 30 — Inputs (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0114H 30.21 5-9 Digital Input Terminal 14 Control Location Remote — 05


(D3) Local/Remote (close for
remote)
15 Increase Master Frequency
16 Decrease Master Frequency
17 Forward / Reverse
18 Parameter Lock
19 Acceleration / Deceleration
Inhibit
20 Run Enable
21 PAUSE (NO)
22 PAUSE (NC)
23 PID Disable
24 Counter input
Parameter Tables

25 Counter reset
26 Auxiliary Motor 1 Output
Failure
27 Auxiliary Motor 2 Output
Failure
28 Auxiliary Motor 3 Output
Failure
29 Output Shut Off (NO)
30 Output Shut Off (NC)
31 Auto/Linear
Acceleration/Deceleration
32 Proximity sensor input
(index function)
33 Forced Stop (NO)
34 Forced Stop (NC)
0115H 30.22 5-10 Digital Input Terminal See Parameter 30.21 06
(D4)
0116H 30.23 5-10 Digital Input Terminal See Parameter 30.21 07
(D5)
0117H 30.24 5-10 Digital Input Terminal See Parameter 30.21 08
(D6)
0118H 30.25 5-11 Digital Input Terminal See Parameter 30.21 03
(D7)
0119H 30.26 5-11 Digital Input Terminal See Parameter 30.21 01
(D8)
011AH 30.27 5-11 Digital Input Terminal See Parameter 30.21 00
(D9)
011BH 30.28 5-11 Digital Input Terminal See Parameter 30.21 00
(D10)
011CH 30.29 5-21 Final Count Value 00 to 65000 00
011DH 30.30 5-21 Intermediate Count 00 to 65000 00
Value
011EH 30.31 5-21 Preset Speed 1 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
011FH 30.32 5-21 Preset Speed 2 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
0120H 30.33 5-21 Preset Speed 3 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz

B-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 5 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-2: 30 — Inputs (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0121H 30.34 5-21 Preset Speed 4 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz


0122H 30.35 5-21 Preset Speed 5 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
0123H 30.36 5-21 Preset Speed 6 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
0124H 30.37 5-22 Preset Speed 7 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
0125H 30.38 5-22 Preset Speed 8 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
0126H 30.39 5-22 Preset Speed 9 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
0127H 30.40 5-22 Preset Speed 10 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
0128H 30.41 5-22 Preset Speed 11 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
0129H 30.42 5-22 Preset Speed 12 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
012AH 30.43 5-22 Preset Speed 13 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
012BH 30.44 5-22 Preset Speed 14 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
012CH 30.45 5-22 Preset Speed 15 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00 Hz
012DH 30.46 5-23 Display Frequency 00 Frequency (Hz) 00
(Hz) or Percent (%)

Parameter Tables
01 Percent (%)
02 User Definition (0.001 –
max. unit) Unit set by 30.47
012EH 30.47 5-23 User Definition for 0.001 to 10.000 1.000
30.46 Option 2
012FH 30.48 5-23 Gear Ratio for Simple 4 to 1000 200
Index Function
0130H 30.49 5-23 Index Angle for 0.0 to 360.0 Deg 180
Simple Index Function
0131H 30.50 5-23 Deceleration Time for 0.0 to 100.0 0.0
Simple Index Function

Table B-3: 40 — Outputs


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0200H 40.01 5-24 Analog Output 00 Output Frequency (0 to 00


Reference Maximum Output
Frequency)
01 Output Current (0 to 250%
of the rated AC drive
current)
02 Output Voltage (0 to 50.16)
03 Command Frequency (0 to
50.14)
04 Output Motor Speed (vector
mode)
05 Load Power Factor (cos90º
to 0º)
0201H 40.02 5-24 Analog Output Gain 0 to 200% 100
0202H 40.03 5-24 Digital Output 00 to 33 02
Terminal Relay A
(RA1, RA2, RA3)
0203H 40.04 5-24 Digital Output 00 to 33 03
Terminal Relay B
(RB1, RB2)

GVX9000 User Manual B-5


MN04000001E.book Page 6 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-3: 40 — Outputs (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0204H 40.05 5-25 Digital Output 00 to 33 04


Terminal DO1
0205H 40.06 5-25 Digital Output 00 Not Used 05
Terminal DO2
01 Ready
02 Inverter output is active
03 Inverter Fault
04 Warning (See warning
codes in Chapter 7)
05 At speed
06 Zero Speed (Fout < Fmin
during Run)
07 Desired Frequency Attained
1 (40.07)
08 Below Frequency Attained 1
(40.07)
Parameter Tables

09 PID supervision
10 Over voltage supervision
11 Over heat supervision
12 Over current stall
supervision
13 Over voltage stall
supervision
14 Final Count value attained
15 Midpoint Count value
attained
16 Reverse direction
notification (command)
17 Under current detection
18 Over torque detection
19 Pause enabled
20 External control
21 Auxiliary Motor 1
22 Auxiliary Motor 2
23 Auxiliary Motor 3
24 Fout = 0.0 Hz (any state,
STOP or RUN)
25 E-Stop
26 Above Frequency Attained
2 (40.09)
27 Soft Braking Signal
28 Fout = 0.0 Hz (during a RUN
command)
29 Fout > Fmin
30 PG Error
31 Low Voltage indication
(User Defined)

B-6 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 7 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-3: 40 — Outputs (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0205H 40.06 5-25 Digital Output 32 Inverter RUN command 05


Terminal DO2 state
33 Brake ON/ Brake OFF (40.10,
40.11)
0206H 40.07 5-28 Frequency Attained 1 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
0207H 40.08 5-28 Digital Output 01 to 20 00
Multiplier
0208H 40.09 5-28 Frequency Attained 2 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
0209H 40.10 5-29 Brake Release 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0
Frequency
(Brake OFF)
020AH 40.11 5-29 Brake Engage 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0
Frequency (Brake ON)
020BH 40.12 5-29 EF Displayed at 00 Disabled 00
Midpoint Count
01 Display EF when midpoint
count is reached

Parameter Tables
Table B-4: 50 — AC Drive Control
Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0300H 50.01 5-30 Source of 00 Master Frequency 00


LOCAL/HAND determined by digital
Frequency keypad on the drive.
01 Master Frequency
determined by 0 – 10V on
terminal AI1.
02 Master Frequency
determined by 4 – 20 mA on
terminal AI2.
03 Master Frequency
determined by -10 – 10V on
terminal AI3.
04 Master Frequency
determined by RS-485
(Frequency retained)
05 Master Frequency
determined by RS-485
(Frequency not retained)

GVX9000 User Manual B-7


MN04000001E.book Page 8 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-4: 50 — AC Drive Control (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0301H 50.02 5-30 Source of 00 Master Frequency 01


REMOTE/AUTO determined by digital
Frequency keypad on the drive.
01 Master Frequency
determined by 0 – 10V on
terminal AI1.
02 Master Frequency
determined by 4 – 20 mA on
terminal AI2.
03 Master Frequency
determined by -10 – 10V on
terminal AI3.
04 Master Frequency
determined by RS-485
(Frequency retained)
05 Master Frequency
determined by RS-485
(Frequency not retained)
Parameter Tables

0302H 50.03 5-30 Source of 00 Operating commands 00


LOCAL/HAND determined by the Digital
Operation Command Keypad.
01 Operating commands
determined by the External
Control Terminals. Keypad
STOP key is enabled.
02 Operating commands
determined by the External
Control Terminals. Keypad
STOP key is not enabled.
03 Operating commands
determined by the RS-485
communication interface.
Keypad STOP key is
enabled.
04 Operating commands
determined by the RS-485
communication interface.
Keypad STOP key is not
enabled.

B-8 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 9 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-4: 50 — AC Drive Control (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0303H 50.04 5-31 Source of 00 Operating commands 01


REMOTE/AUTO determined by the Digital
Operation Command Keypad.
01 Operating commands
determined by the External
Control Terminals. Keypad
STOP key is enabled.
02 Operating commands
determined by the External
Control Terminals. Keypad
STOP key is not enabled.
03 Operating commands
determined by the RS-485
communication interface.
Keypad STOP key is
enabled.
04 Operating commands
determined by the RS-485

Parameter Tables
communication interface.
Keypad STOP key is not
enabled.
0304H 50.05 5-31 Dual Frequency Input 00 Disable 00
Mode
01 50.01 + 50.02
02 50.01 – 50.02
03 50.02 trims 50.01
(Reference)
0305H 50.06 5-31 Trim Reference 0.00 to 100.00% 0.00
0306H 50.07 5-31 Keypad Frequency 50.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
Setting
0307H 50.08 5-32 Stop Method 00 STOP = Ramp, EF = Coast 00
01 STOP = Coast, EF = Coast
02 STOP = Ramp, EF = Ramp
03 STOP = Coast, EF = Ramp
0308H 50.09 5-32 HOA Stop Method 00 Ramp 01
01 Coast
0309H 50.10 5-32 4 – 20 mA Input Signal 00 Decel to 0 Hz 00
Loss
01 Stop immediately and
display EF
02 Continue operation at last
known frequency
030AH 50.11 5-33 4 – 20 mA Input Loss 0.1 to 120.00 sec. 0.1
Detection Time
030BH 50.12 5-33 UP/DOWN Key Speed 00 Based on Accel/Decel time 00
(RUN state only)
01 Constant Speed (based on
50.13)
02 Based on Accel/Decel time,
frequency setpoint set to 0
Hz upon a STOP command.
(RUN state only)
030CH 50.13 5-33 Increment/Decrement 0.01 to 1.00 Hz/msec. 0.01
Rate of Frequency

GVX9000 User Manual B-9


MN04000001E.book Page 10 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-4: 50 — AC Drive Control (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

030DH 50.14 5-33 Maximum Output 50 to 400.0 Hz 60.00


Frequency
030EH 50.15 5-33 Motor Nameplate 10.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
Frequency
030FH 50.16 5-34 Motor Nameplate 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 230.0
Voltage
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 460.0
575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575.0
0310H 50.17 5-34 Mid-Point Output 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 1.50
Frequency
0311H 50.18 5-34 Mid-Point Output 230V Series: 0.1 to 255V 1.7
Voltage
460V Series: 0.1 to 510V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 637V 4.8
0312H 50.19 5-34 Minimum Output 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 1.50
Frequency
0313H 50.20 5-35 Minimum Output 230V Series: 0.1 to 50V 1.7
Parameter Tables

Voltage
460V Series: 0.1 to 100V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 150V 4.8
0314H 50.21 5-36 Control Mode 00 V/F 00
01 V/F Closed Loop
02 Sensorless Vector (SV)
03 Vector Closed Loop (CLV)
0315H 50.22 5-36 CT/VT Mode 00 Constant Torque 00
01 Variable Torque
0316H 50.23 5-36 Variable Torque Curve 00 V/F curve determined by 00
Selection 50.15 – 50.20
01 1.5 Power curve
02 1.7 Power curve
03 Square curve
04 Cube curve
0317H 50.24 5-36 Acceleration Time 1 0.01 to 600.00 seconds Depends
on drive
hp
0318H 50.25 5-36 Deceleration Time 1 0.01 to 600.00 seconds Depends
on drive
hp
0319H 50.26 5-36 Acceleration Time 2 0.01 to 600.00 seconds Depends
on drive
hp
031AH 50.27 5-37 Deceleration Time 2 0.01 to 600.00 seconds Depends
on drive
hp
031BH 50.28 5-37 Acceleration Time 3 0.01 to d 36000 sec. Depends
on drive
hp
031CH 50.29 5-37 Deceleration Time 3 0.01 to d 36000 sec. Depends
on drive
hp
031DH 50.30 5-37 Acceleration Time 4 0.01 to d 36000 sec. Depends
on drive
hp

B-10 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 11 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-4: 50 — AC Drive Control (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

031EH 50.31 5-37 Deceleration Time 4 0.01 to d 36000 sec. Depends


on drive
hp
031FH 50.32 5-38 Accel/Decel Time Unit 0 1 sec. 1
1 0.1 sec.
2 0.01 sec.
0320H 50.33 5-38 Automatic 00 Linear Accel/Decel 0
Acceleration/Decelerat
ion 01 Auto Accel, Linear Decel
02 Linear Accel/Auto Decel
03 Auto Accel/Decel
04 Auto Accel/Decel Stall
Prevention (Limited by
50.24 to 50.31)
0321H 50.34 5-38 Acceleration 1 to 0.0 Disable 0.0
Acceleration 2
Above min freq: Enable, 0.0 to

Parameter Tables
Transition Frequency
400.0 Hz
0322H 50.35 5-39 Deceleration 1 to 0.0 Disable 0.0
Deceleration 2
Transition Frequency Above min freq: Enable, 0.0 to
400.0 Hz
0323H 50.36 5-39 Acceleration S-Curve 00 to 07 0
0324H 50.37 5-39 Deceleration S-Curve 00 to 07 0
0325H 50.38 5-40 Jog Accel Time 0.01 to d 3600.0 sec. 10.00
0326H 50.39 5-40 Jog Decel Time 0.01 to d 3600.0 sec. 10.00
0327H 50.40 5-40 Jog Frequency 0.1 to 400.00 Hz 6.00
0328H 50.41 5-41 Reverse Operation 00 Enable Reverse Operation 0
01 Disable Reverse Operation
02 Disable Forward Operation
0329H 50.42 5-41 Momentary Power 00 Stop operation after 0
Loss momentary power loss
01 Continue operation after
momentary power loss,
speed search from Speed
Reference
02 Continue operation after
momentary power loss,
speed search from
Minimum Speed
032AH 50.43 5-42 Speed Search Delay 0.1 to 10.0 sec. 0.5
Time
032BH 50.44 5-42 Speed Search 30 to 200% 150
Maximum Current
032CH 50.45 5-42 Speed Search Start 0 Start at last known freq 0
Point command
1 Start at minimum speed
032DH 50.46 5-42 Flying Start Mode 0 Disable 0
1 Enable
032EH 50.47 5-43 Flying Start Point 0 From command frequency 0
1 From maximum freq

GVX9000 User Manual B-11


MN04000001E.book Page 12 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-4: 50 — AC Drive Control (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

032FH 50.48 5-43 Upper Frequency 0.01 to 400.00 Hz 400.00


Limit (Safety)
0330H 50.49 5-43 Lower Frequency 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
Limit (Safety)
0331H 50.50 5-43 Skip Frequency 1 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
0332H 50.51 5-43 Skip Frequency 2 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
0333H 50.52 5-43 Skip Frequency 3 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
0334H 50.53 5-43 Skip Frequency 4 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
0335H 50.54 5-44 Skip Frequency 1 0.0 to 20.00 Hz 0
Bandwidth
0336H 50.55 5-44 Skip Frequency 2 0.0 to 20.00 Hz 0
Bandwidth
0337H 50.56 5-44 Skip Frequency 3 0.0 to 20.00 Hz 0
Bandwidth
0338H 50.57 5-44 Skip Frequency 4 0.0 to 20.00 Hz 0
Parameter Tables

Bandwidth
0339H 50.58 5-45 PID Setpoint Source 00 Disable 0
01 Keypad (store in 50.66)
02 AI1 (external 0 – 10V)
03 AI2 (external 4 – 20 mA)
04 AI3 (external -10 – 10V)
05 PID set point (50.66)
033AH 50.59 5-45 PID Feedback Source 00 Positive AI1 (0 – 10V) 0
and Type
01 Negative AI1 (0 – 10V)
02 Positive AI2 (4 – 20 mA)
03 Negative AI2 (4 – 20 mA)
04 Positive AI3 (-10 – 10V)
033BH 50.60 5-45 PID P Gain 0.0 to 10.0 1.0
Adjustment
033CH 50.61 5-45 PID I Gain Adjustment 0.00 to 100.0 sec. 1.00
033DH 50.62 5-45 PID D Gain 0.00 to 1.0 sec. 0.00
Adjustment
033EH 50.63 5-45 PID Upper Limit for 00 to 100% 100
Integral Control
033FH 50.64 5-45 PID Output Delay Filter 0.0 to 2.5 sec. 0.0
Time
0340H 50.65 5-46 PID Output Freq Limit 0 to 110% 100
0341H 50.66 5-46 PID Fixed Set Point 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (100.0%) 0
0342H 50.67 5-46 PID Feedback 0 to 100% 100
Deviation Level
0343H 50.68 5-46 PID Feedback 0.00 to 3600.0 sec. 1.0
Deviation Detection
Time
0344H 50.69 5-46 PID Treatment of the 00 Warning and Inverter Stop 01
Feedback Deviation
Error 01 Warning and Continue
Operation
0345H 50.70 5-46 Sleep Frequency 0.0 Disabled 0.00
0.00 to 400 Hz Enabled

B-12 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 13 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-4: 50 — AC Drive Control (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0346H 50.71 5-46 Wake Frequency 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00


0347H 50.72 5-47 Sleep Time Delay 0.0 to 600 sec. 0
0348H 50.73 5-47 Frequency Point to 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Start Motor 2
0349H 50.74 5-47 Frequency Point to 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Stop Motor 2
034AH 50.75 5-47 Delay Time Before 0.0 to 3600.0 sec. 0.0
Starting Motor 2
034BH 50.76 5-48 Delay Time Before 0.0 to 3600.0 sec. 0.0
Stopping Motor 2

Table B-5: 60 — Motor Control


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

Parameter Tables
0400H 60.01 5-49 Motor Rated Current Real Current (10 to 120%) FLA
0401H 60.02 5-49 Motor No-Load Real Current (01 to 99%) 0.4*FLA
Current
0402H 60.03 5-49 Dynamic Tune with 00 Disable 00
Unloaded Motor
01 DC test (static test)
02 DC test and no load test
0403H 60.04 5-49 Stator Resistance 00 to 65535 Ohms 0
(Calculated Via Auto
Tune or Entered
Manually)
0404H 60.05 5-49 DC Brake Current 00 to 100% 0
Level
0405H 60.06 5-50 DC Brake Time Upon a 0.0 to 60.0 sec. 0
Start
0406H 60.07 5-50 DC Brake Time Upon a 0.0 to 60.0 sec. 0
Stop
0407H 60.08 5-50 DC Brake Frequency 0.00 to 60.00 Hz 0
Point
0408H 60.09 5-51 Torque Compensation 00 to 10 0
0409H 60.10 5-51 Slip Compensation 0.00 to 10.00 0
040AH 60.11 5-52 PWM Carrier 1 to 15 KHz 9
Frequency
040BH 60.12 5-52 Motor Poles 2 to 10 4
040CH 60.13 5-52 Motor Rated Slip 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 3.00
040DH 60.14 5-52 Slip Compensation 0 to 250% 200
Limit
040EH 60.15 5-52 Time Constant for 0.01 ~ 10.00 sec. 0.05
Torque Compensation
040FH 60.16 5-52 Time Constant for Slip 0.01 ~ 10.00 sec. 0.10
Compensation
0410H 60.17 5-52 Hunting Coefficient 0 ~ 1000 0
0411H 60.18 5-53 CLV — Encoder Pulses 00 – 40000 (2 poles: 00 – 20000) 600

GVX9000 User Manual B-13


MN04000001E.book Page 14 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-5: 60 — Motor Control (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0412H 60.19 5-53 CLV — Encoder Mode 00 PG disable 0


01 Single-phase
02 Forward / Counterclockwise
rotation
03 Reverse / Clockwise rotation
0413H 60.20 5-53 CLV — P Gain 0.0 ~ 10.0 1.0
0414H 60.21 5-53 CLV — I Gain 0.0 ~ 100.00 1.00
0415H 60.22 5-53 CLV — Frequency 0.0 ~ 100.00 Hz 10.00
Limit
0416H 60.23 5-53 CLV — Encoder 0.01 ~ 1.00 sec. 0.10
Detection Update
Time
0417H 60.24 5-53 CLV — Encoder Fault 00 Warning and Keep 00
Treatment operating
01 Warning and Ramp to stop
Parameter Tables

02 Warning and Coast to stop


0418H 60.25 5-53 CLV — Encoder 0.01 ~ 10.00 sec. 1.00
Feedback Fault
Detection Time
0419H 60.26 5-54 CLV — Encoder 00 Disable 00
Feedback Filter
0.002 ~ 1.00
041AH 60.27 5-54 CLV — Encoder Slip 0.0 ~ 50.0% 10.0
Range (Deviation
Range)
041BH 60.28 5-54 CLV — Encoder Stall 0 ~ 115% 110
Level (Over Speed)
041CH 60.29 5-54 SV Zero Speed Mode 0 Standby 0
1 Zero Speed Control
041DH 60.30 5-54 SV Zero Speed DC 0.0 to 30.0% 0
Voltage Level

Table B-6: 70 — Protective Functions


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0500H 70.01 5-55 Over-voltage Stall 00 Disable 00


Prevention
230V Series: 330 ~ 410V 390
460V Series: 660 ~ 820V 780
575V Series: 825 ~ 1025V 950
0501H 70.02 5-56 Over Current Stall 00 Disable 00
Prevention during
Acceleration 20 to 200% 170

0502H 70.03 5-56 Over Current Stall 00 Disable 00


Prevention during
Operation 20 to 200% 170

B-14 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 15 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-6: 70 — Protective Functions (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0503H 70.04 5-57 Over-Torque 00 Disabled 00


Detection Mode
01 Enabled during constant
speed operation, drive
halted after fault
02 Enabled during constant
speed operation, operation
continues after fault
03 Enabled during operation,
drive halted after fault
04 Enabled during operation,
operation continues after
fault
0504H 70.05 5-57 Over-Torque 10 to 200% 150%
Detection Level
0505H 70.06 5-57 Over-Torque 0.1 to 10.0 sec. 0.1
Detection Time

Parameter Tables
0506H 70.07 5-57 Electronic Thermal 00 Constant Torque 01
Overload Relay
01 Variable Torque
02 Inactive
0507H 70.08 5-57 Electronic Thermal 30 to 300 sec. 60
Characteristic
0508H 70.09 5-58 Auto Voltage 00 AVR enabled 00
Regulation (AVR)
01 AVR disabled
02 AVR disabled during decel
03 AVR disabled during stop
0509H 70.10 5-59 Auto Energy-Saving 00 Disable 00
Operation
01 Enable
050AH 70.11 5-59 Under Current 0.0 Disable 0.0
Detection Value
0.1 To No Load Amps
050BH 70.12 5-59 Under Current 00 Output fault (and coast 01
Detection Mode stop)
01 Output fault & ramp to Stop
02 Coast stop and restart after
delay 70.14 setting time
050CH 70.13 5-59 Under Current 0.0 to 20.0 sec. 1.0
Detection Time
050DH 70.14 5-60 Under Current 1 to 3600 sec. 60
Detection Restart
Time
050EH 70.15 5-60 Low Voltage Detection 00 Disable 00
Level
240V Series: 240 – 300V DC 0
480V Series: 480 – 600V DC 0
575V Series: 520 – 780V DC 0
050FH 70.16 5-60 Low Voltage Detection 0 to 3600.0 sec. 0.5
Time

GVX9000 User Manual B-15


MN04000001E.book Page 16 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-6: 70 — Protective Functions (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0510H 70.17 5-60 Cooling Fan Mode 0 Always on 0


1 Fan is off one minute after
stop command
2 Fan on with run, fan off with
stop
3 Fan on when temp limit
reached
0511H 70.18 5-60 Line Start Lock Out 00 Start lockout disabled; keep 00
previous status when
operation command source
changed
01 Start lockout enabled; keep
previous status when
operation command source
changed
02 Start lockout disabled;
change according to the
Parameter Tables

new operation command


source
03 Start lockout enabled;
change according to the
new operation command
source
0512H 70.19 5-61 Brake Chopper ON 230V Series: 370 – 430V DC 380
Voltage
460V Series: 740 – 860V DC 760
575V Series: 925 – 1075V DC 950
0513H 70.20 5-61 Auto Restart After 00 to 10 00
Fault
0514H 70.21 5-61 Reset Time for Auto 0 to 60000 sec. 600
Restart after Fault
0515H 70.22 5-61 OV Fault of Stop Auto 00 Disabled 00
Reset
01 Enable

Table B-7: 80 — Keypad / Display


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0600H 80.01 5-62 Software Version #.## #.##


0601H 80.02 5-62 AC Drive Rated ##.# ##.#
Current Display

B-16 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 17 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-7: 80 — Keypad / Display (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0602H 80.03 5-62 Manufacturer Model 00 GVX001A1-2 (240V AC, 0


Information 1 hp – CT)
01 GVX002A1-2 (240V AC,
2 hp – CT)
02 GVX003A1-2 (240V AC,
3 hp – CT)
03 GVX005A1-2 (240V AC,
5 hp – CT)
04 GVX007A1-2 (240V AC,
7-1/2 hp – CT)
05 GVX010A1-2 (240V AC,
10 hp – CT)
06 GVX015A1-2 (240V AC,
15 hp – CT)
07 GVX020A1-2 (240V AC,
20 hp – CT)

Parameter Tables
08 GVX025A1-2 (240V AC,
25 hp – CT)
09 GVX030A1-2 (240V AC,
30 hp – CT)
10 GVX040A1-2 (240V AC,
40 hp – CT)
11 GVX050A1-2 (240V AC,
50 hp – CT)
12 Reserved
13 Reserved
14 GVX001A1-4 (480V AC,
1 hp – CT)
15 GVX002A1-4 (480V AC,
2 hp – CT)
16 GVX003A1-4 (480V AC,
3 hp – CT)
17 GVX005A1-4 (480V AC,
5 hp – CT)
18 GVX007A1-4 (480V AC,
7-1/2 hp – CT)
19 GVX010A1-4 (480V AC,
10 hp – CT)
20 GVX015A1-4 (480V AC,
15 hp – CT)
21 GVX020A1-4 (480V AC,
20 hp – CT)
22 GVX025A1-4 (480V AC,
25 hp – CT)
23 GVX030A1-4 (480V AC,
30 hp – CT)
24 GVX040A1-4 (480V AC,
40 hp – CT)
25 GVX050A1-4 (480V AC,
50 hp – CT)

GVX9000 User Manual B-17


MN04000001E.book Page 18 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-7: 80 — Keypad / Display (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0602H 80.03 5-62 Manufacturer Model 26 GVX060A1-4 (480V AC, 0


Information 60 hp – CT)
27 GVX075A1-4 (480V AC,
75 hp – CT)
28 GVX100A1-4 (480V AC,
100 hp – CT)
29 GVX125A1-4 (480V AC,
125 hp – VT)
30 GVX150A1-4 (480V AC,
150 hp – VT)
31 GVX175A1-4 (480V AC,
175 hp – VT)
32 GVX215A1-4 (480V AC,
215 hp – VT)
33 GVX250A1-4 (480V AC,
250 hp – VT)
Parameter Tables

34 Reserved
35 Reserved
36 GVX001A1-5 (575V AC,
1 hp – CT)
37 GVX002A1-5 (575V AC,
2 hp – CT)
38 GVX003A1-5 (575V AC,
3 hp – CT)
39 GVX005A1-5 (575V AC,
5 hp – CT)
40 GVX007A1-5 (575V AC,
7-1/2 hp – CT)
41 GVX010A1-5 (575V AC,
10 hp – CT)
42 GVX015A1-5 (575V AC,
15 hp – CT)
43 GVX020A1-5 (575V AC,
20 hp – CT)
44 GVX025A1-5 (575V AC,
25 hp – CT)
45 GVX030A1-6 (575V AC,
30 hp – CT)
46 GVX040A1-5 (575V AC,
40 hp – CT)
47 GVX050A1-5 (575V AC,
50 hp – CT)
48 GVX060A1-5 (575V AC,
60 hp – CT)
49 GVX075A1-6 (575V AC,
75 hp – CT)
50 GVX100A1-5 (575V AC,
100 hp – CT)
0603H 80.04 5-63 Fault Record 1 00 – 26 0
0604H 80.05 5-63 Fault Record 2 00 – 26 0
0605H 80.06 5-64 Fault Record 3 00 – 26 0

B-18 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 19 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-7: 80 — Keypad / Display (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0606H 80.07 5-64 Fault Record 4 00 No fault occurred 0


01 Over Current
02 Over Voltage
03 Overheat
04 Overload
05 Overload 1
06 Over Torque
07 External Fault
08 CPU failure 1
09 CPU failure 2
10 CPU failure 3
11 Hardware Protection Failure
12 Over-current during accel

Parameter Tables
13 Over-current during decel
14 Over-current during steady
state
15 Ground fault or fuse failure
16 Reserved
17 3-phase Input Power Loss
18 Reserved
19 Auto Adjust accel/decel
failure
20 Software protection code
21 IGBT Short circuit
22 Loss of 4 – 20 mA
23 Under Current Detected
24 Encoder Fault
25 Feedback Deviation Err
26 Count Attained
0607H 80.08 5-65 Power Up Display 00 Command Frequency 00
Selection (Also Order
of Appearance When 01 Output Frequency
Scrolling through 02 Output Current
Display Modes)
03 User Defined
04 Output Voltage
05 Unit Temperature
06 Forward/Reverse Direction
0608H 80.09 5-65 User Defined 0.01 to 160.00 1
Multiplier
0609H 80.10 5-65 External Terminal 01 to 20 1
Scanning Time
060AH 80.11 5-65 Parameter Lock and 00 All parameters can be set 00
Configuration and read
01 All parameters are read only
10 Reset all parameters to the
factory defaults

GVX9000 User Manual B-19


MN04000001E.book Page 20 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-7: 80 — Keypad / Display (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

060BH 80.12 5-65 Run Time — Timer 0 to 65535 0


Day
060CH 80.13 5-65 Run Time — Timer 0 to 65535 0
Minutes
060DH 80.14 5-65 Power On Time — 0 to 65535 0
Timer Day
060EH 80.15 5-66 Power On Time — 0 to 65535 0
Timer Minutes
060FH 80.16 5-66 Display Scroll 00 Disable 00
01 Scroll every 5 seconds after
1 minute delay
02 Scroll every 15 seconds
after 1 minute delay
0610H 80.17 5-66 Content of 00 Display output current 00
Multifunction Display
01 Display counter value
Parameter Tables

02 Display DC-BUS voltage


03 Display output voltage
04 Output power factor angle
05 Display output power (kW)
06 Display actual motor speed
(rpm)
07 Display the estimative value
of the ratio of torque
08 Display PG numbers/10 ms
09 Display analog feedback
signal value (%)
10 Display AI1 (%)
11 Display AI2 (%)
12 Display AI3 (%)
13 Unit Temperature
0611H 80.18 5-66 Password Input 1 ~ 65535 0
0612H 80.19 5-66 Password Decode 0 ~ 65535 0

B-20 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 21 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-8: 90 — Communication


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0700H 90.01 5-67 Communication 00 Modbus ASCII Mode < 7 00


Protocol data bits, no parity, 2 stop
bits >
01 Modbus ASCII Mode < 7
data bits, even parity, 1 stop
bit >
02 Modbus ASCII Mode < 7
data bits, odd parity, 1 stop
bit >
03 Modbus RTU Mode < 8 data
bits, no parity, 2 stop bits >
04 Modbus RTU Mode < 8 data
bits, even parity, 1 stop bit >
05 Modbus RTU Mode < 8 data
bits, odd parity, 1 stop bit >
0701H 90.02 5-67 RS-485 01 to d 254 01
Communication

Parameter Tables
0702H 90.03 5-67 Transmission Speed 00 4800 baud 01
01 9600 baud
02 19200 baud
03 38400 baud
0703H 90.04 5-67 Transmission Fault 00 Display fault and Continue 03
Treatment operating
01 Display fault and Ramp to
stop
02 Display fault and Coast to
stop
03 No fault displayed and
continue operating
0704H 90.05 5-67 Over Time Detection 0.0 to 120.0 sec. 0
0.0 Disable
0705H 90.06 5-67 Communication 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.00 Hz
Frequency Reference
0706H 90.07 5-68 Communication Bit 0-1 00 No function N/A
Command
01 Stop
10 Run
11 JOG + Run
Bit 2-3 00 No function
Bit 4-5 00 No function
01 Forward
10 Reverse
11 Change direction
Bit 6-15 00 No function
0707H 90.08 5-68 Communication of EF Bit 0 1 EF On N/A
and Reset
Bit 1 1 Reset
Bit 2-15 Reserved

GVX9000 User Manual B-21


MN04000001E.book Page 22 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-8: 90 — Communication (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0708H 90.09 5-68 Status Monitor for 00 No Fault occurred N/A


Error Code
01 Over-current
02 Over-voltage
03 Overheat
04 Overload
05 Overload 1
06 Over Torque
07 External Fault
08 CPU Failure 1
09 CPU Failure 2
10 CPU Failure 3
11 Hardware Protection Failure
12 Over-current during accel
Parameter Tables

13 Over-current during decel


14 Over-current during steady
state
15 Ground fault or fuse failure
16 Under Voltage
17 3-Phase Input Power Loss
18 Pause
19 Auto Adjust accel/decel
failure
20 Software protection code
21 IGBT Short circuit
22 Loss of 4 – 20 mA
23 Under Current Detected
24 Encoder Fault
25 Feedback Deviation Err
26 Count Attained

B-22 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 23 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-8: 90 — Communication (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0709H 90.10 5-69 Status Monitor for AC Bit 0-1 00 Stop N/A
Drive
01 Decelerate during
the drive stopping
10 The drive standby
11 Run
Bit 2 1 JOG active
Bit 3-4 00 FWD
01 REV to FWD
10 FWD to REV
11 REV
Bit 5-7 Reserved
Bit 8 1 Source of frequency
by communication
Bit 9 1 Source of frequency

Parameter Tables
by AI
Bit 10 1 Source of operation
by communication
Bit 11 1 Parameters have been
locked
Bit 12-15 Reserved
070AH 90.11 5-69 Status Monitor for 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (%) N/A
Communication
Frequency
070BH 90.12 5-69 Status Monitor for 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (%) N/A
Output Frequency
070CH 90.13 5-70 Status Monitor for 0.0 to Max Amps N/A
Output Current
070DH 90.14 5-70 Status Monitor for 00 to 65535 N/A
User Defined (High
Word)
070EH 90.15 5-70 Status Monitor for 0.00 to 655.35 N/A
User Defined (Low
Word)
070FH 90.16 5-70 Status Monitor for 0.0 to Max VAC N/A
Output Voltage
0710H 90.17 5-70 Status Monitor for 0.0 to Max degree C N/A
Unit Temperature
0711H 90.18 5-70 Status Monitor for DC 0.0 to Max VDC N/A
Bus Voltage
0712H 90.19 5-70 Status Monitor for 0 to Max step N/A
Multi-Step
0713H 90.20 5-70 Status Monitor for 00 to 65535 N/A
Counter
0714H 90.21 5-70 Feedback Signal 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (%) N/A

GVX9000 User Manual B-23


MN04000001E.book Page 24 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

GVX9000 Parameter Listings

Table B-8: 90 — Communication (Continued)


Parameter User
Modbus Groups Page # Description Range Default Settings

0715H 90.22 5-70 PID Setpoint 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (%) N/A


0716H 90.23 5-71 AI1 Signal 0.00 ~ 100.00% N/A
0717H 90.24 5-71 AI2 Signal 0.00 ~ 100.00% N/A
0718H 90.25 5-71 AI3 Signal 0.00 ~ 100.00% N/A
0719H 90.26 5-71 PG Pulses (Low 00 to 65535 N/A
Word)/Unit Time
071AH 90.27 5-71 PG Pulses (High 00 to 65535 N/A
Word)/Unit Time
071BH 90.28 5-71 Motor Speed (rpm) 00 to 65535 N/A
071CH 90.29 5-71 Torque ####.# N/A
071DH 90.30 5-71 Output Power ###.## kW N/A
071Eh 90.31 5-71 Digital Input State 00 to 65535 N/A
Parameter Tables

B-24 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Appendix C
Accessories

Inside this chapter …

Fuse Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2


Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
All Braking Resistors and Braking Units
Used in AC Motor Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
External Brake Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6
Dimensions for Braking Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8
EMI Filter Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
Keypad Remote Mounting Kit (P/N GVXRM) . . . . . . C-20

Accessories

GVX9000 User Manual C-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Fuse Specification

Fuse Specification
Table C-1: Fuse Specifications — 230V
Line Fuse
I (A) I (A) Bussmann
Model Input Output I (A) P/N MMP Recommend
GVX001A1-2 (1 phase) 11.9 5 40 JJN-40 XTPR016BC1 XTCE018C10_
GVX001A1-2 (3 phase) 7.0 5 20 JJN-20 XTPR012BC1 XTCE012B10_
GVX002A1-2 (1 phase) 15.3 7 45 JJN-45 XTPR020BC1 XTCE025C10_
GVX002A1-2 (3 phase) 9.4 7 30 JJN-30 XTPR016BC1 XTCE018C10_
GVX003A1-2 (1 phase) 22.0 11 70 JJN-70 XTPR032BC1 XTCE032C10_
GVX003A1-2 (3 phase) 14.0 11 45 JJN-45 XTPR020BC1 XTCE025C10_
GVX005A1-2 20.6 17 60 JJN-60 XTPR025BC1 XTCE025C10_
GVX007A1-2 26 25 80 JJN-80 XTPR032DC1 XTCE032C10_
GVX010A1-2 34 33 100 JJN-100 XTPR050DC1 XTCE050D10_
GVX015A1-2 50 49 150 JJN-150 Consult Consult factory
GVX020A1-2 60 65 200 JJN-200 factory
GVX025A1-2 75 75 225 JJN-225
GVX030A1-2 90 90 300 JJN-300 Consult Consult factory
GVX040A1-2 110 120 350 JJN-350 factory
GVX050A1-2 142 145 450 JJN-450

Note: Smaller fuses than those shown in the table are permitted.
Table C-2: Fuse Specifications — 460V
Line Fuse
I (A) I (A) Bussmann
Model Input Output I (A) P/N MMP Recommend
GVX001A1-4 3.2 2.7 10 JJS-10 XTPR004BC1 XTCE007B10_
Accessories

GVX002A1-4 4.3 4.2 15 JJS-15 XTPR6P3BC1 XTCE007B10_


GVX003A1-4 5.9 5.5 20 JJS-20 XTPR010BC1 XTCE009B10_
GVX005A1-4 11.2 8.5 30 JJS-30 XTPR016BC1 XTCE018C10_
GVX007A1-4 19 18 50 JJS-50 XTPR025BC1 XTCE025C10_
GVX010A1-4 25 24 70 JJS-70 XTPR032BC1 XTCE032C10_
GVX015A1-4 33 32 100 JJS-100 XTPR040BC1 XTCE040D10_
GVX020A1-4 46 38 150 JJS-150 XTPR050BC1 XTCE050D10_
GVX025A1-4 56 45 150 JJS-150 XTPR063BC1 XTCE065D10_
GVX030A1-4 70 60 200 JJS-200 Consult Consult factory
GVX040A1-4 75 73 225 JJS-225 factory
GVX050A1-4 95 91 300 JJS-300
GVX060A1-4 110 110 350 JJS-350 Consult Consult factory
GVX075A1-4 150 150 450 JJS-450 factory
GVX100A1-4 180 180 500 JJS-500

Note: Smaller fuses than those shown in the table are permitted.

C-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Wiring

Table C-3: Fuse Specifications — 575V


Line Fuse
I (A) I (A) Bussmann
Model Input Output I (A) P/N MMP Recommend
GVX001A1-5 1.2 1.7 6 JJS-6 Consult Consult factory
GVX002A1-5 3.1 3.5 6 JJS-6 factory
GVX003A1-5 4.0 4.5 10 JJS-10
GVX005A1-5 8.3 7.5 20 JJS-20 Consult Consult factory
GVX007A1-5 10.3 10 20 JJS-20 factory
GVX010A1-5 13.8 13.5 30 JJS-30
GVX015A1-5 18.2 19 40 JJS-40 Consult Consult factory
GVX020A1-5 22 22 40 JJS-40 factory
GVX025A1-5 27.7 27 50 JJS-50
GVX030A1-5 32 34 70 JJS-70 Consult Consult factory
GVX040A1-5 41 41 70 JJS-70 factory
GVX050A1-5 52 52 100 JJS-100
GVX060A1-5 62 62 125 JJS-125 Consult Consult factory
GVX075A1-5 74 80 175 JJS-175 factory
GVX100A1-5 91 100 200 JJS-200

Note: Smaller fuses than those shown in the table are permitted.

Wiring
Table C-4: Wiring Items
Items Explanations

Input Power Please follow the specific power supply requirement shown
in Appendix A.

Accessories
Fuse Please check the Fuse Specification tables on Page C-2 for
proper fuse selection.
Magnetic Contactor Please do not use a Magnetic Contactor as the ON/OFF
(Optional) switch of the AC drive, this will reduce the operating life of
the AC drive. The contactor should only be used as a safety
device for disconnecting power to the drive.
Line/Load Reactor To improve the power factor. An AC Reactor may be necessary
(Optional) when capacity is above 1000 kVA, and the wiring distance is
within 10m.
EMI Filter (Optional) Used to reduce the electromagnetic interference.
Braking Resistor Used to reduce stopping time of the motor. Please refer to
(Optional) the Braking Resistor tables on Pages C-4 and C-5 for specific
Braking Resistors.

GVX9000 User Manual C-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Braking

Braking
All Braking Resistors and Braking Units Used in AC Motor Drives
Note: Please only use Eaton resistors and recommended values. Other resistors and
values will void Eaton’s warranty. Please contact your nearest Eaton representative
for use of special resistors. For instance, in 460V Series, 100 hp/75 kW, the AC
motor drive needs 2 braking units with total of 16 braking resistors, so each
braking unit uses 8 braking resistors. The braking unit should be at least 10 cm
away from AC motor drive to avoid possible interference. Refer to the Braking
Unit Module User Manual for further details.
Table C-5: Braking Specifications
Applicable Total
Motor Full Load Resistance Braking
Torque of and Wattage Braking Unit/ Braking Resistor Kit Torque
System Applied to No. of Units P/N and No. of Units @ 10% ED
hp kW Nm Drive Used in Kit with Kit
230 Voltage
1 0.75 0.427 80W 200 Ω   K13-000034-0821 1 125%
2 1.5 0.849 300W 100 Ω   K13-000034-0861 1 125%
3 2.2 1.262 300W 100 Ω   K13-000034-0861 1 125%
5 3.7 2.080 400W 40 Ω   K13-000034-0825 1 125%
7-1/2 5.5 3.111 500W 30 Ω   K13-000034-0826 2 125%
10 7.5 4.148 1000W 20 Ω   K13-000034-0862  125%
15 11 6.186 2400W 13.6 Ω   K13-000034-0863  125%
20 15 8.248 3000W 10 Ω GBM2022 1 K13-000034-0864 1 125%
25 18.5 10.281 4800W 8 Ω GBM2022 1 K13-000034-0865 1 125%
30 22 12.338 4800W 6.8 Ω GBM2022 1 K13-000034-0866 1 125%
40 30 16.497 6000W 5 Ω GBM2022 2 K13-000034-0867 2 125%
Accessories

50 37 20.6 9600W 4 Ω GBM2022 2 K13-000034-0868 2 125%


460 Voltage
1 0.75 0.427 80W 750 Ω   K13-000034-0841 1 125%
2 1.5 0.849 300W 400 Ω   K13-000034-0843 1 125%
3 2.2 1.262 300W 250 Ω   K13-000034-0843 1 125%
5 3.7 2.080 400W 150 Ω   K13-000034-0844 1 125%
7-1/2 5.5 3.111 500W 100 Ω   K13-000034-0845 2 125%
10 7.5 4.148 1000W 75 Ω   K13-000034-0846 3 125%
15 11 6.186 1000W 50 Ω   K13-000034-0869  125%
20 15 8.248 1500W 40 Ω GBM4045 1 K13-000034-0870 1 125%
25 18.5 10.281 4800W 32 Ω GBM4045 1 K13-000034-0871 1 125%
30 22 12.338 4800W 27.2 Ω GBM4045 1 K13-000034-0872 1 125%
40 30 16.497 6000W 20 Ω GBM4045 1 K13-000034-0873 1 125%
50 37 20.6 9600W 16 Ω GBM4045 1 K13-000034-0874 1 125%
60 45 24.745 9600W 13.6 Ω GBM4045 1 K13-000034-0875 1 125%
75 55 31.11 12000W 10 Ω GBM4045 2 K13-000034-0876 2 125%
100 75 42.7 19200W 6.8 Ω GBM4045 2 K13-000034-0877 2 125%
 Contact Eaton.

C-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 5 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Braking

Table C-5: Braking Specifications, Continued


Applicable Total
Motor Full Load Resistance Braking
Torque of and Wattage Braking Unit/ Braking Resistor Kit Torque
System Applied to No. of Units P/N and No. of Units @ 10% ED
hp kW Nm Drive Used in Kit with Kit
575 Voltage
1 0.75 0.427 300W 400 Ω    1 125%
2 1.5 0.849 300W 250 Ω    1 125%
3 2.2 1.262 400W 150 Ω    2 125%
5 3.7 2.08 400W 150 Ω    2 125%
7-1/2 5.5 3.111 500W 100 Ω    2 125%
10 7.5 4.148 500W 100 Ω    1 125%
15 11 6.186 500W 100 Ω     125%
20 15 8.248 4000W 75 Ω GBM5055 1  1 125%
25 18.5 10.281 4000W 50 Ω GBM5055 1  1 125%
30 22 12.338 6000W 40 Ω GBM5055 1  1 125%
40 30 16.497 6000W 40 Ω GBM5055 1  1 125%
50 37 20.6 8000W 25 Ω GBM5055 1  1 125%
60 45 24.75 8000W 25 Ω GBM5055 1  1 125%
75 55 31.11 12000W 20 Ω GBM5055 1  1 125%
100 75 42.7 16000W 12.5 Ω GBM5055 2  2 125%
 Contact Eaton.

Notes:
1. Please select the factory setting resistance value (Watt) and the duty-cycle
value (ED%).
2. If damage to the drive or other equipment are due to the fact that the
braking resistors and the braking modules in use are not provided by Eaton,

Accessories
the warranty will be void.
3. Take into consideration the safety of the environment when installing the
braking resistors.
4. If the minimum resistance value is to be utilized, consult local dealers for the
calculation of the Watt figures.
5. Please select thermal relay trip contact to prevent resistor over load. Use the
contact to switch power off to the AC motor drive!
6. When using more than 2 braking units, equivalent resistor value of parallel
braking unit can’t be less than the value in the column “Minimum Equivalent
Resistor Value for Each AC Drive” (the right-most column in the table).
7. Please read the wiring information in the user manual of braking unit
thoroughly prior to taking into operation.

GVX9000 User Manual C-5


MN04000001E.book Page 6 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Braking

External Brake Unit

4.76 .13 (3.3)


(121.0) Rad.
3.15 5.12
(80.0) (130.0)

7.87 7.46
(200.0) (189.5)
Accessories

Figure C-1: GBM2022, GBM4045, GBM5055 Braking Unit

C-6 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 7 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Braking

Table C-6: Braking Unit Specifications


Model 230V Series 460V Series 575V Series
GBMXXXX 2022 4045 5055
Max. Motor 22 45 55
Capacity (kW)
Output Rating
Max. Peak 60 60 60
Discharge Current
(A) 10% ED
Continuous 20 18 20
Discharge Current
(A)
Braking Start-Up 330/345/360/380/400/415 ± 3V 660/690/720/760/800/830 ± 6V 950 ± 8V
Voltage (DC)
Input Rating
DC Voltage 200 ~ 400V DC 400 ~ 800V DC 607 ~ 1000V DC
Protection
Heat Sink Overheat Temperature over +95°C
Alarm Output Relay contact 5A 120V AC/28V DC (RA, RB, RC)
Power Charge Blackout until bus (+ ~ -) voltage below 50V DC
Display
Usage Environment
Installation Indoor (no corrosive gases, metallic dust)
Location
Operating -10 ~ +50°C
Temperature
Storage -20 ~ +60°C

Accessories
Temperature
Humidity 90% R.H., Non-condensing
Vibration 9.8 m/s2 (1G) under 20 Hz
2 m/s2 (0.2G) at 20 ~ 50 Hz

Mechanical Wall-mounted enclosed type IP50


Configuration

GVX9000 User Manual C-7


MN04000001E.book Page 8 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Braking

Dimensions for Braking Resistors


Dimensions are in Inches (mm).
Table C-7: Approximate Dimensions for Braking Resistors
Approximate Dimensions
Cutler-Hammer in Inches (mm) Enclosure
P/N Powerohm P/N Ohms Watts W D H Type
230 Voltage
K13-000034-821 CR100-200 200 100 6.00 1.50 0.75 CR100
K13-000034-861 (152.4) (38.1) (19.1)
K13-000034-861
K13-000034-825 CR400-40 40 400 12.00 3.00 1.50 CR400
(304.8) (76.2) (38.1)
K13-000034-826 (2) CR250-60 P 30 500 7.50 3.00 0.75 CR250
K13-000034-862 (190.5) (76.2) (19.1)
K13-000034-863
K13-000034-864
K13-000034-865
K13-000034-866
K13-000034-867
K13-000034-868
460 Voltage
K13-000034-841 CR100-750 750 100 6.00 1.50 0.75 CR100
(152.4) (38.1) (19.1)
K13-000034-843 CR300-250 250 300 9.00 3.00 1.50 CR300
(228.6) (76.2) (38.1)
K13-000034-843 CR300-250 250 300 9.00 3.00 1.50 CR300
(228.6) (76.2) (38.1)
K13-000034-844 CR400-150 150 400 12.00 3.00 1.50 CR400
(304.8) (76.2) (38.1)
K13-000034-845 (2) CR250-200 P 100 500 7.50 3.00 0.75 CR250
(190.5) (76.2) (19.1)
Accessories

K13-000034-846 (3) CR400-225 3P 75 1200 12.00 3.00 1.50 CR400


K13-000034-869 (304.8) (76.2) (38.1)
K13-000034-870
K13-000034-871
K13-000034-872
K13-000034-873
K13-000034-874
K13-000034-875
K13-000034-876
K13-000034-877

C-8 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 9 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Braking

Table C-7: Approximate Dimensions for Braking Resistors, Continued


Approximate Dimensions
Cutler-Hammer in Inches (mm) Enclosure
P/N Powerohm P/N Ohms Watts W D H Type
575 Voltage
K13-000034-0851 CR300-250 250 300 9.00 3.00 1.50 CR300
(228.6) (76.2) (38.1)
K13-000034-0851 CR300-250 250 300 9.00 3.00 1.50 CR300
(228.6) (76.2) (38.1)
K13-000034-0852 (2) CR300-400 P 200 600 9.00 3.00 1.50 CR300
(228.6) (76.2) (38.1)
K13-000034-0852 (2) CR300-400 P 200 600 9.00 3.00 1.50 CR300
(228.6) (76.2) (38.1)
K13-000034-0852 (2) CR300-400 P 200 600 9.00 3.00 1.50 CR300
(228.6) (76.2) (38.1)
5WR2000-GCE5-NC 100 2000 12.00 16.00 5.00 GCE5
(304.8) (406.4) (127.0)
75 4000 19.00 16.00 5.00 GCE10
(482.6) (406.4) (127.0)
50 4000 19.00 16.00 5.00 GCE10
(482.6) (406.4) (127.0)
40 6000 26.50 16.00 5.00 GCE15
(673.1) (406.4) (127.0)
25 8000 26.50 16.00 5.00 GCE15
(673.1) (406.4) (127.0)
20 12000 28.00 13.00 10.00 GCE24
(711.2) (330.2) (254.0)
(2) 25 8000 26.50 16.00 5.00 (2) GCE15
(673.1) (406.4) (127.0)

Accessories

GVX9000 User Manual C-9


MN04000001E.book Page 10 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

EMI Filter Cross-Reference

EMI Filter Cross-Reference


Table C-8: EMI Filter Cross-Reference
AC Drives EMI Filter with Choke
EMI Filter
Filter Output choke QTY Turn without Choke
GVX001A1-2 — — — — RF022B21BA
GVX002A1-2
GVX003A1-2
(single-phase)
GVX001A1-2 20TDT1W4C CTC513113B 2 9 26TDT1W4C
GVX002A1-2
GVX003A1-2
(three-phase)
GVX005A1-2 20TDT1W4C CTC513113B 2 9 26TDT1W4C
GVX001A1-4 — — — — RF037B43BA
GVX002A1-4
GVX003A1-4
GVX005A1-4
GVX007A1-4 — — — — RF110B43CA
GVX010A1-4
GVX007A1-2 — — — — 50TDS4W4C
GVX010A1-2
GVX015A1-4
GVX020A1-4
GVX015A1-2 — — — — 100TDS84C
GVX020A1-2
GVX025A1-4
GVX030A1-4
GVX040A1-4
GVX025A1-2 — — — — 150TDS84C
GVX030A1-2
Accessories

GVX040A1-2
GVX050A1-4
GVX050A1-2 — — — — 180TDS84C
GVX060A1-4
GVX075A1-4 200TDDS84C 150TCSS84C — — —

C-10 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 11 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

EMI Filter Cross-Reference

Catalog Number:
RF022B21BA / RF037B43BA

2.36 5.90
(60.0) (150.0)
1.18 4.33
(30.0) (110.0)

11.89 11.9 12.4


(302.0) (302.0) (315.0)

Accessories

.59 1.18 .22


(15) (30) (5.5)

Figure C-2: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — RF022B21BA /


RF037B43BA

GVX9000 User Manual C-11


MN04000001E.book Page 12 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

EMI Filter Cross-Reference

Catalog Number:
RF110B43CA

2.36 7.87
(60.0) (200.0)
1.3 4.72
(33.0) (120.0)
Accessories

15.04 15.04 15.67


(382.0) (382.0) (398.0)

.79 1.02 .28


(20) (26) (7.0)

Figure C-3: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — RF110B43CA

C-12 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 13 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

EMI Filter Cross-Reference

Catalog Number:
26TDT1W4C

F
9.84 ± .39
(250.0 ± 10.0)
A
E 8.66 ± .08
6.02 ± .08 (306.0 ± 2.0)
(153.0 ± 2.0)
M5 x 0.8 .39
(4 Places) (10.0)

1015 AWG 1015 AWG


14 Blue 14 Black
Power-In

R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
1015 AWG
14 G/Y 1015 AWG
14 Brown
C B .12 (3.0) Rad.
D
1.97± .08 4.80± .04 11.18 ± .04
(122.0 ± 1.0) .18 (4.5) Rad.
(50.0 ± 2) (284.0 ± 1.0)

.31 (8.0) Dia.


(4 Places)

Accessories
11.18 ± .04
H (284.0 ± 1.0)
.98±.04
(25.0±1.0) G

Figure C-4: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 26TDT1W4C

GVX9000 User Manual C-13


MN04000001E.book Page 14 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

EMI Filter Cross-Reference

Catalog Number:
50TDS4W4C

3.54±.08 1.18 1.57 1.57 1.57


(90.0±2.0) (30.0)(40.0) (40.0) (40.0)
.28 x .39
(7.0 x 10.0)
Typ. 2 Places

M4 x 0.7
Power-In Typ. 4 Places
.28 (7.0) 12.60±.08 (320.0 ± 2.0)
Typ. 13.39±.04 (340.0 ± 1.0)
2 Places 14.29 (363.0) Max.
2.36±.04
(60.0±1.0)
11.81±.39 1.97
M6 x 1.0 (300.0±10.0) (50.0)
Typ. 4 Places

1015 AWG .79


10 Y/G (20.0)

T/L3
5.91±.08
(150.0±2.0) S/L2
R/L1
.79 .79
(20.0) (20.0)
Accessories

1015 AWG
10 Blue

Figure C-5: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 50TDS4W4C

C-14 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 15 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

EMI Filter Cross-Reference

Catalog Number:
100TDS84C

A
16.93 (430.0) Max.
B
14.49 (368.0) Ref.

C
4.80
(122.0)
Max. 2.95
(75.0)

H .30 x .49
5.91±.04 (7.5 x 12.5)
(150.0±1.0) Typ. 4 Places M8 x 1.25
Typ. 6 Places

J
2.36
(60.0)

Accessories
2.36
(60.0)

F
13.86 (352.0) Max.
G E 14.57±.08 (370.0 ± 2.0)
7.95 ±.04 D 15.35 (390.0)
(202.0 ±1.0)
Max.

Figure C-6: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 100TDS84C

GVX9000 User Manual C-15


MN04000001E.book Page 16 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

EMI Filter Cross-Reference

Catalog Number:
150TDS84C

A
18.90 (480.0) Max.
B
16.46 (418.0) Ref.

C
4.80
(122.0)
Max. 2.95
(75.0)

H .30 x .49
5.91±.04 (7.5 x 12.5)
(150.0±1.0) Typ. 4 Places M8 x 1.25
Typ. 6 Places

J
2.36
(60.0)

I
2.36
Accessories

(60.0)

F
15.83 (402.0) Max.
G E 16.54 ±.08 (420.0 ± 2.0)
7.95 ±.04 D 17.32 (440.0)
(202.0 ±1.0)
Max.

Figure C-7: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 150TDS84C

C-16 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 17 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

EMI Filter Cross-Reference

Catalog Number:
180TDS84C

A
18.90 (480.0) Max.
B
16.46 (418.0) Ref.

C
4.80
(122.0)
Max. 2.95
(75.0)

H .30 x .49
5.91±.04 (7.5 x 12.5)
(150.0±1.0) Typ. 4 Places M8 x 1.25
Typ. 6 Places

J
2.36
(60.0)

I
2.36

Accessories
(60.0)

F
15.83 (402.0) Max.
G E 16.54 ±.08 (420.0 ± 2.0)
7.95 ±.04 D 17.32 (440.0)
(202.0 ±1.0)
Max.

Figure C-8: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 180TDS84C

GVX9000 User Manual C-17


MN04000001E.book Page 18 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

EMI Filter Cross-Reference

Catalog Number:
20TDT1W4C

F
7.87 ± .39
(200.0 ± 10.0)
A
E 8.66 ± .08
6.02 ± .08 (306.0 ± 2.0)
(153.0 ± 2.0)
M5 x 0.8 .39
(4 Places) (10.0)

1015 AWG 1015 AWG


16 Blue 16 Black
Power-In

R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
1015 AWG
16 G/Y 1015 AWG
16 Brown
C B .12 (3.0) Rad.
D
1.97± .08 4.80± .04 11.18 ± .04 .18 (4.5) Rad.
(50.0 ± 2) (122.0 ± 1.0) (284.0 ± 1.0)

.31 (8.0) Dia.


(4 Places)

11.18 ± .04
Accessories

H (284.0 ± 1.0)
.98±.04
(25.0±1.0) G

Figure C-9: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 20TDT1W4C

C-18 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 19 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

EMI Filter Cross-Reference

Catalog Number:
200TDDS84C

M8 x .05 (1.2)
(2 Places)
42.52 (1080.0) Ref.
38.39 (975.0) Ref.

2.76
(70.0)

9.53
(242.0) 2.76
Max. (70.0)

2.76
(70.0)

37.40 (950.0) Ref.


.26 x .31 (6.5 x 8.0) .24 (6.0)
(4 Places) 35.43 (900.0) Ref. (4 Places)

Accessories
5.59
(142.0)
Max.
.59 (15.0)
(12 Places)

Figure C-10: Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — 200TDDS84C

GVX9000 User Manual C-19


MN04000001E.book Page 20 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Keypad Remote Mounting Kit (P/N GVXRM)


The keypad remote mounting kit consists of a NEMA 12 rubber gasket for the
back of the keypad, 3 screws and a 1 meter cable.

3.12 (79.2) 1.57


2.87 (73.0) (40.0)

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

4.33 3.27
(110.0) FWD
REV
LOC
REM (83.0)

M4 P .03 (.7) x .19 (4.8) Deep


for Mounting Screw
(Typ. 3 Places)
.36 (9.1)
.75
(19.0)
Remote Keypad
Accessories

.06 Water Resistant Gasket


(1.5) Remove Adhesive (Adhesive Paper Backing)
Paper
1.57
(40.0)

.20 (5.0) Dia. .60


(Typ. 3 Places) (15.2)

.04 to .12 Thickness Cut-Out for the .67


(1.0 to 3.0) Extension Cable (17.0) 3.27
Rubber Gasket (83.0)
2.41
(61.1)
.38 .48
(9.6) (12.3)
3’3.36” (1m)
.65
(16.4)
.26 .52 Hole Dimension for Mounting
(6.6) (13.3)
Phone Cable

Figure C-11: Approximate Kit Dimensions in Inches (mm)

C-20 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Appendix D
Dimensions

Inside this chapter …

Digital Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2


Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3

Dimensions

GVX9000 User Manual D-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Digital Keypad

Digital Keypad

3.12
(79.2)
2.87 1.57
(73.0) (40.0)

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

4.33 3.27
(110.0) FWD
REV
LOC
REM (83.0)

M4 P .03 (.7) x .19 (4.8) Deep


for Mounting Screw
.75 (19.0) (Typ. 3 Places)

.36 (9.1)

Figure D-1: Digital Keypad — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


Dimensions

D-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Drives

Drives

5.91 .26 (6.5)


(150.0) Dia.
5.32 6.84
(135.0) (173.7)

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

FWD LOC
REV REM

10.24 9.62
(260.0) (244.3)
GVX9000
Sensorless Vector

! WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WAIT AT LEASTS 10 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING.
SEE USER’S MANUAL FOR OPERATION.

.26 (6.5)
Dia.

Model
GVX001A1-2 GVX001A1-4 GVX001A1-5
GVX002A1-2 GVX002A1-4 GVX002A1-5
GVX003A1-2 GVX003A1-4 GVX003A1-5
GVX005A1-2 GVX005A1-4 GVX005A1-5
Dimensions

Figure D-2: 1 – 5 hp — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

GVX9000 User Manual D-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Drives

7.88 .28 (7.0)


(200.0) Dia.
7.31 7.75
(185.6) (196.6)

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

FWD LOC
REV REM

12.72 11.93
(323.0) (303.0)
GVX9000
Sensorless Vector

! WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WAIT AT LEASTS 10 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING.
SEE USER’S MANUAL FOR OPERATION.

Model
GVX007A1-2 GVX007A1-4 GVX007A1-5
GVX010A1-2 GVX010A1-4 GVX010A1-5
GVX015A1-2 GVX015A1-4 GVX015A1-5
Dimensions

Figure D-3: 7-1/2 – 15 hp — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 5 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Drives

9.84 .39 (10.0)


(250.0) Dia.
8.90 8.64
(226.0) (219.4)

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

FWD LOC
REV REM

15.90 15.12
(403.8) (384.0) GVX9000
Sensorless Vector

! WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WAIT AT LEASTS 10 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING.
SEE USER’S MANUAL FOR OPERATION.

Dimensions

Model
GVX020A1-2 GVX020A1-4 GVX020A1-5
GVX025A1-2 GVX025A1-4 GVX025A1-5
GVX030A1-2 GVX030A1-4 GVX030A1-5

Figure D-4: 20 – 30 hp — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

GVX9000 User Manual D-5


MN04000001E.book Page 6 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Drives

14.57 .51 (13.0)


(370.0) Dia.
13.19 10.24
(335.0) (260.0)

RUN STOP FWD REV LOC

FWD LOC
REV REM

GVX9000
22.05 Sensorless Vector

(560.0)
! WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WAIT AT LEASTS 10 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING.
SEE USER’S MANUAL FOR OPERATION.

23.19
(589.0)

.71 (18.0) .71(18.0)


Dia.
5.22
(132.5)
Dimensions

Model
GVX040A1-2 GVX040A1-5
GVX050A1-2 GVX050A1-5
GVX075A1-4 GVX060A1-5
GVX100A1-4 GVX075A1-5
GVX100A1-5
GVX040A1-4
GVX050A1-4
GVX060A1-4

Figure D-5: 40 – 100 hp — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D-6 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Appendix E
Easy Mode Settings

Inside this chapter …

Choosing Easy Mode


00 — Factory Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2
Changed Parameters
01 — Basic V/F Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2
02 — PID Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
03 — Preset Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4
04 — Local/Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6
05 — Hand Off Auto (HOA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7
06 — Variable Torque (Pump/Fan) . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8
07 — Spindle Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9
08 — Analog Speed Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10
09 — Closed Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . E-11

Easy Mode Settings

GVX9000 User Manual E-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Choosing Easy Mode

Choosing Easy Mode


Table E-1: 00 — Factory Settings
Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

20.01 Easy Mode Selection 00 – 09 00


00 Factory Settings
01 Basic V/F Curve
02 PID Control
03 Preset Speeds
04 Local/Remote
05 Hand Off Auto (HOA)
06 Variable Torque (Pump/Fan)
07 Spindle Motor
08 Analog Speed Command
09 Closed Loop Vector Control

Changed Parameters
Table E-2: 01 — Basic V/F Curve
Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0300H 50.01 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Master Frequency determined by 00


Frequency digital keypad on the drive.
0302H 50.03 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Operating commands determined by 00
Operation Command the Digital Keypad.
0307H 50.08 Stop Method 00 STOP = Ramp, EF = Coast 00
030DH 50.14 Maximum Output Frequency 50 to 400.0 Hz 50.00
030EH 50.15 Motor Nameplate Frequency 10.00 to 400.00 Hz 50.00
030FH 50.16 Motor Nameplate Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 220
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 440
575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575
0310H 50.17 Mid-Point Output Frequency 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.50
0311H 50.18 Mid-Point Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 510V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 637V 4.8
0312H 50.19 Minimum Output Frequency 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 0.50
0313H 50.20 Minimum Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 50V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 100V 3.4
Easy Mode Settings

575V Series: 0.1 to 150V 4.8


032FH 50.48 Upper Frequency Limit 0.01 to 400.00 Hz 55.00
(Safety)
0330H 50.49 Lower Frequency Limit 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
(Safety)

E-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Changed Parameters

Table E-3: 02 — PID Control


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0105H 30.06 A2 Maximum Input Current 0.00 to 20.00 mA 20.00 mA


(0 – 20 mA)
0106H 30.07 A2 Minimum Input Current 0.00 to 20.00 mA 4.00 mA
(0 – 20 mA)
0107H 30.08 A2 Maximum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
Frequency
0108H 30.09 A2 Minimum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0
Frequency
0109H 30.10 A2 Reverse Option 00 Negative input = 30.09 00
0113H 30.20 Digital Input Terminals D1, 02 2-wire Operation Mode 2 02
D2 D1: RUN / STOP
D2: REV / FWD
0114H 30.21 Digital Input Terminal (D3) 03 External Reset (NO) 03
0115H 30.22 Digital Input Terminal (D4) 01 External Fault (NO) EF 01
0116H 30.23 Digital Input Terminal (D5) 23 PID Disable 23
0117H 30.24 Digital Input Terminal (D6) 09 Jog 09
0118H 30.25 Digital Input Terminal (D7) 05 Preset Speed Switch 1 05
0119H 30.26 Digital Input Terminal (D8) 06 Preset Speed Switch 2 06
011AH 30.27 Digital Input Terminal (D9) 20 Run Enable 20
011BH 30.28 Digital Input Terminal (D10) 00 Parameter Disable 00
0202H 40.03 Digital Output Terminal 03 Inverter Fault 03
Relay A (RA1, RA2, RA3)
0203H 40.04 Digital Output Terminal 09 PID supervision 09
Relay B (RB1, RB2)
0204H 40.05 Digital Output Terminal DO1 01 Ready 01
0205H 40.06 Digital Output Terminal DO2 31 Low Voltage indication (User Defined) 31
0300H 50.01 Source of LOCAL/HAND 01 Master Frequency determined by 01
Frequency 0 – 10V on terminal AI1.
0302H 50.03 Source of LOCAL/HAND 01 Operating commands determined by 01
Operation Command the External Control Terminals.
Keypad STOP key is enabled.
0307H 50.08 Stop Method 00 STOP = Ramp, EF = Coast 00
0309H 50.10 4 – 20 mA Input Signal Loss 00 Decel to 0 Hz 00
030AH 50.11 4 – 20 mA Input Loss 0.1 to 120.00 sec. 2.0
Detection Time
030DH 50.14 Maximum Output Frequency 50 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
030EH 50.15 Motor Nameplate Frequency 10.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
030FH 50.16 Motor Nameplate Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 230.0
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 460.0
575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575.0
Easy Mode Settings

0310H 50.17 Mid-Point Output Frequency 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.50


0311H 50.18 Mid-Point Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 510V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 637V 4.8
0312H 50.19 Minimum Output Frequency 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 0.50

GVX9000 User Manual E-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Changed Parameters

Table E-3: 02 — PID Control (Continued)


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0313H 50.20 Minimum Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 50V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 100V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 150V 4.8
032FH 50.48 Upper Frequency Limit 0.01 to 400.00 Hz 65.00
(Safety)
0330H 50.49 Lower Frequency Limit 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
(Safety)
0339H 50.58 PID Setpoint Source 02 AI1 (external 0 – 10V) 02
033AH 50.59 PID Feedback Source and 03 Negative AI2 (4 – 20 mA) 03
Type
033BH 50.60 PID P Gain Adjustment 0.0 to 10.0 1.0
033CH 50.61 PID I Gain Adjustment 0.00 to 100.0 sec. 0.50
033DH 50.62 PID D Gain Adjustment 0.00 to 1.0 sec. 0.10
033EH 50.63 PID Upper Limit for Integral 00 to 100% 100
Control
033FH 50.64 PID Output Delay Filter Time 0.0 to 2.5 sec. 0.0
0340H 50.65 PID Output Freq Limit 0 to 110% 100
0341H 50.66 PID Fixed Set Point 0.0 to 400.0 Hz (100.0%) 0
0342H 50.67 PID Feedback Deviation Level 0 to 100% 20%
0343H 50.68 PID Feedback Deviation 0.00 to 3600.0 sec. 1.0
Detection Time
0344H 50.69 PID Treatment of the 00 Warning and Inverter Stop 00
Feedback Deviation Error
01 Warning and Continue Operation

Table E-4: 03 — Preset Speeds


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0113H 30.20 Digital Input Terminals D1, 02 2-wire Operation Mode 2 02


D2 D1: RUN / STOP
D2: REV / FWD
0114H 30.21 Digital Input Terminal (D3) 05 Preset Speed Switch 1 05
0115H 30.22 Digital Input Terminal (D4) 06 Preset Speed Switch 2 06
0116H 30.23 Digital Input Terminal (D5) 07 Preset Speed Switch 3 07
0117H 30.24 Digital Input Terminal (D6) 08 Preset Speed Switch 4 08
0118H 30.25 Digital Input Terminal (D7) 03 External Reset (NO) 03
0119H 30.26 Digital Input Terminal (D8) 01 External Fault (NO) EF 01
011AH 30.27 Digital Input Terminal (D9) 20 Run Enable 20
Easy Mode Settings

011BH 30.28 Digital Input Terminal (D10) 00 Parameter Disable 00


011EH 30.31 Preset Speed 1 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
011FH 30.32 Preset Speed 2 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 50.00
0120H 30.33 Preset Speed 3 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 40.00
0121H 30.34 Preset Speed 4 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 30.00
0122H 30.35 Preset Speed 5 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 20.00

E-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 5 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Changed Parameters

Table E-4: 03 — Preset Speeds (Continued)


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0123H 30.36 Preset Speed 6 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 10.00


0124H 30.37 Preset Speed 7 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 5.00
0125H 30.38 Preset Speed 8 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 55.00
0126H 30.39 Preset Speed 9 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 45.00
0127H 30.40 Preset Speed 10 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 35.00
0128H 30.41 Preset Speed 11 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 25.00
0129H 30.42 Preset Speed 12 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 15.00
012AH 30.43 Preset Speed 13 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 5.00
012BH 30.44 Preset Speed 14 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
012CH 30.45 Preset Speed 15 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
0202H 40.03 Digital Output Terminal 03 Inverter Fault 03
Relay A (RA1, RA2, RA3)
0203H 40.04 Digital Output Terminal 01 Ready 01
Relay B (RB1, RB2)
0204H 40.05 Digital Output Terminal DO1 05 At speed 05
0205H 40.06 Digital Output Terminal DO2 18 Over torque detection 18
0300H 50.01 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Master Frequency determined by 00
Frequency digital keypad on the drive.
0302H 50.03 Source of LOCAL/HAND 01 Operating commands determined by 01
Operation Command the External Control Terminals.
Keypad STOP key is enabled.
0307H 50.08 Stop Method 00 STOP = Ramp, EF = Coast 00
030DH 50.14 Maximum Output Frequency 50 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
030EH 50.15 Motor Nameplate Frequency 10.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
030FH 50.16 Motor Nameplate Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 230.0
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 460.0
575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575.0
0310H 50.17 Mid-Point Output Frequency 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.50
0311H 50.18 Mid-Point Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 510V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 637V 4.8
0312H 50.19 Minimum Output Frequency 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 0.50
0313H 50.20 Minimum Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 50V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 100V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 150V 4.8
032FH 50.48 Upper Frequency Limit 0.01 to 400.00 Hz 65.00
(Safety)
Easy Mode Settings

0330H 50.49 Lower Frequency Limit 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0


(Safety)

GVX9000 User Manual E-5


MN04000001E.book Page 6 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Changed Parameters

Table E-5: 04 — Local/Remote


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0105H 30.06 A2 Maximum Input Current 0.00 to 20.00 mA 20.00 mA


(0 – 20 mA)
0106H 30.07 A2 Minimum Input Current 0.00 to 20.00 mA 4.00 mA
(0 – 20 mA)
0107H 30.08 A2 Maximum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
Frequency
0108H 30.09 A2 Minimum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0
Frequency
0113H 30.20 Digital Input Terminals D1, 02 2-wire Operation Mode 2 02
D2 D1: RUN / STOP
D2: REV / FWD
0114H 30.21 Digital Input Terminal (D3) 14 Control Location Remote — 14
Local/Remote (close for remote)
0115H 30.22 Digital Input Terminal (D4) 20 Run Enable 20
0116H 30.23 Digital Input Terminal (D5) 01 External Fault (NO) EF 01
0117H 30.24 Digital Input Terminal (D6) 03 External Reset (NO) 03
0118H 30.25 Digital Input Terminal (D7) 09 Jog 09
0119H 30.26 Digital Input Terminal (D8) 05 Preset Speed Switch 1 05
011AH 30.27 Digital Input Terminal (D9) 06 Preset Speed Switch 2 06
011BH 30.28 Digital Input Terminal (D10) 07 Preset Speed Switch 3 07
0202H 40.03 Digital Output Terminal 03 Inverter Fault 03
Relay A (RA1, RA2, RA3)
0203H 40.04 Digital Output Terminal 01 Ready 01
Relay B (RB1, RB2)
0204H 40.05 Digital Output Terminal DO1 05 At speed 05
0205H 40.06 Digital Output Terminal DO2 18 Over torque detection 18
0300H 50.01 Source of LOCAL/HAND 02 Master Frequency determined by 02
Frequency 4 – 20 mA on terminal AI2.
0301H 50.02 Source of REMOTE/AUTO 01 Master Frequency determined by 01
Frequency 0 – 10V on terminal AI1.
0302H 50.03 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Operating commands determined by 00
Operation Command the Digital Keypad.
0303H 50.04 Source of REMOTE/AUTO 01 Operating commands determined by 01
Operation Command the External Control Terminals.
Keypad STOP key is enabled.
0307H 50.08 Stop Method 00 STOP = Ramp, EF = Coast 00
0309H 50.10 4 – 20 mA Input Signal Loss 00 Decel to 0 Hz 00
030DH 50.14 Maximum Output Frequency 50 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
030EH 50.15 Motor Nameplate Frequency 10.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
030FH 50.16 Motor Nameplate Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 230.0
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 460.0
Easy Mode Settings

575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575.0


0310H 50.17 Mid-Point Output Frequency 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.50
0311H 50.18 Mid-Point Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 510V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 637V 4.8

E-6 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 7 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Changed Parameters

Table E-5: 04 — Local/Remote (Continued)


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0312H 50.19 Minimum Output Frequency 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 0.50


0313H 50.20 Minimum Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 50V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 100V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 150V 4.8
032FH 50.48 Upper Frequency Limit 0.01 to 400.00 Hz 65.00
(Safety)
0330H 50.49 Lower Frequency Limit 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
(Safety)

Table E-6: 05 — Hand Off Auto (HOA)


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0114H 30.21 Digital Input Terminal (D3) 12 Control Location Hand — HOA 12
0115H 30.22 Digital Input Terminal (D4) 13 Control Location Auto — HOA 13
0116H 30.23 Digital Input Terminal (D5) 20 Run Enable 20
0117H 30.24 Digital Input Terminal (D6) 01 External Fault (NO) EF 01
0118H 30.25 Digital Input Terminal (D7) 03 External Reset (NO) 03
0119H 30.26 Digital Input Terminal (D8) 09 Jog 09
011AH 30.27 Digital Input Terminal (D9) 05 Preset Speed Switch 1 05
011BH 30.28 Digital Input Terminal (D10) 06 Preset Speed Switch 2 06
0202H 40.03 Digital Output Terminal 03 Inverter Fault 03
Relay A (RA1, RA2, RA3)
0203H 40.04 Digital Output Terminal 01 Ready 01
Relay B (RB1, RB2)
0204H 40.05 Digital Output Terminal DO1 05 At speed 05
0205H 40.06 Digital Output Terminal DO2 18 Over torque detection 18
0300H 50.01 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Master Frequency determined by 00
Frequency digital keypad on the drive.
0301H 50.02 Source of REMOTE/AUTO 04 Master Frequency determined by 04
Frequency RS-485 (Frequency retained)
0302H 50.03 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Operating commands determined by 00
Operation Command the Digital Keypad.
0303H 50.04 Source of REMOTE/AUTO 03 Operating commands determined by 03
Operation Command the RS-485 communication interface.
Keypad STOP key is enabled.
0307H 50.08 Stop Method 00 STOP = Ramp, EF = Coast 00
030DH 50.14 Maximum Output Frequency 50 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
030EH 50.15 Motor Nameplate Frequency 10.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
Easy Mode Settings

030FH 50.16 Motor Nameplate Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 230.0
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 460.0
575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575.0
0310H 50.17 Mid-Point Output Frequency 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.50

GVX9000 User Manual E-7


MN04000001E.book Page 8 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Changed Parameters

Table E-6: 05 — Hand Off Auto (HOA) (Continued)


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0311H 50.18 Mid-Point Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 510V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 637V 4.8
0312H 50.19 Minimum Output Frequency 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 0.50
0313H 50.20 Minimum Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 50V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 100V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 150V 4.8
032FH 50.48 Upper Frequency Limit 0.01 to 400.00 Hz 65.00
(Safety)
0330H 50.49 Lower Frequency Limit 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
(Safety)

Table E-7: 06 — Variable Torque (Pump/Fan)


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0105H 30.06 A2 Maximum Input Current 0.00 to 20.00 mA 20.00 mA


(0 – 20 mA)
0106H 30.07 A2 Minimum Input Current 0.00 to 20.00 mA 4.00 mA
(0 – 20 mA)
0107H 30.08 A2 Maximum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
Frequency
0108H 30.09 A2 Minimum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0
Frequency
0113H 30.20 Digital Input Terminals D1, 02 2-wire Operation Mode 2 02
D2 D1: RUN / STOP
D2: REV / FWD
0114H 30.21 Digital Input Terminal (D3) 14 Control Location Remote — 14
Local/Remote (close for remote)
0115H 30.22 Digital Input Terminal (D4) 20 Run Enable 20
0116H 30.23 Digital Input Terminal (D5) 01 External Fault (NO) EF 01
0117H 30.24 Digital Input Terminal (D6) 03 External Reset (NO) 03
0118H 30.25 Digital Input Terminal (D7) 09 Jog 09
0119H 30.26 Digital Input Terminal (D8) 05 Preset Speed Switch 1 05
011AH 30.27 Digital Input Terminal (D9) 06 Preset Speed Switch 2 06
011BH 30.28 Digital Input Terminal (D10) 07 Preset Speed Switch 3 07
0202H 40.03 Digital Output Terminal 03 Inverter Fault 03
Relay A (RA1, RA2, RA3)
0203H 40.04 Digital Output Terminal 01 Ready 01
Relay B (RB1, RB2)
Easy Mode Settings

0204H 40.05 Digital Output Terminal DO1 05 At speed 05


0205H 40.06 Digital Output Terminal DO2 18 Over torque detection 18
0300H 50.01 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Master Frequency determined by 00
Frequency digital keypad on the drive.
0301H 50.02 Source of REMOTE/AUTO 02 Master Frequency determined by 4 – 02
Frequency 20 mA on terminal AI2.

E-8 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 9 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Changed Parameters

Table E-7: 06 — Variable Torque (Pump/Fan) (Continued)


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0302H 50.03 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Operating commands determined by 00


Operation Command the Digital Keypad.
0303H 50.04 Source of REMOTE/AUTO 01 Operating commands determined by 01
Operation Command the External Control Terminals.
Keypad STOP key is enabled.
0307H 50.08 Stop Method 00 STOP = Ramp, EF = Coast 00
0309H 50.10 4 – 20 mA Input Signal Loss 00 Decel to 0 Hz 00
030DH 50.14 Maximum Output Frequency 50 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
030EH 50.15 Motor Nameplate Frequency 10.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
030FH 50.16 Motor Nameplate Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 230.0
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 460.0
575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575.0
0310H 50.17 Mid-Point Output Frequency 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.50
0311H 50.18 Mid-Point Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 510V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 637V 4.8
0312H 50.19 Minimum Output Frequency 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 0.50
0313H 50.20 Minimum Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 50V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 100V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 150V 4.8
0315H 50.22 CT/VT Mode 01 Variable Torque 01
0316H 50.23 Variable Torque Curve 01 1.5 Power curve 01
Selection
032FH 50.48 Upper Frequency Limit 0.01 to 400.00 Hz 65.00
(Safety)
0330H 50.49 Lower Frequency Limit 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
(Safety)

Table E-8: 07 — Spindle Motor


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0114H 30.21 Digital Input Terminal (D3) 20 Run Enable 20


0115H 30.22 Digital Input Terminal (D4) 05 Preset Speed Switch 1 05
0116H 30.23 Digital Input Terminal (D5) 06 Preset Speed Switch 2 06
0117H 30.24 Digital Input Terminal (D6) 07 Preset Speed Switch 3 07
0118H 30.25 Digital Input Terminal (D7) 08 Preset Speed Switch 4 08
0119H 30.26 Digital Input Terminal (D8) 01 External Fault (NO) EF 01
Easy Mode Settings

011AH 30.27 Digital Input Terminal (D9) 03 External Reset (NO) 03


011BH 30.28 Digital Input Terminal (D10) 09 Jog 09
0202H 40.03 Digital Output Terminal 03 Inverter Fault 03
Relay A (RA1, RA2, RA3)
0203H 40.04 Digital Output Terminal 01 Ready 01
Relay B (RB1, RB2)
0204H 40.05 Digital Output Terminal DO1 05 At speed 05

GVX9000 User Manual E-9


MN04000001E.book Page 10 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Changed Parameters

Table E-8: 07 — Spindle Motor (Continued)


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0205H 40.06 Digital Output Terminal DO2 18 Over torque detection 18


0300H 50.01 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Master Frequency determined by 00
Frequency digital keypad on the drive.
0302H 50.03 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Operating commands determined by 00
Operation Command the Digital Keypad.
0307H 50.08 Stop Method 00 STOP = Ramp, EF = Coast 00
030DH 50.14 Maximum Output Frequency 50 to 400.0 Hz 400.00
030EH 50.15 Motor Nameplate Frequency 10.00 to 400.00 Hz 400.00
030FH 50.16 Motor Nameplate Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 230.0
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 460.0
575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575.0
0310H 50.17 Mid-Point Output Frequency 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.50
0311H 50.18 Mid-Point Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 510V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 637V 4.8
0312H 50.19 Minimum Output Frequency 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 0.50
0313H 50.20 Minimum Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 50V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 100V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 150V 4.8
0317H 50.24 Acceleration Time 1 0.01 to 600.00 seconds 100.0
0318H 50.25 Deceleration Time 1 0.01 to 600.00 seconds 100.0
032FH 50.48 Upper Frequency Limit 0.01 to 400.00 Hz 400.00
(Safety)
0330H 50.49 Lower Frequency Limit 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
(Safety)

Table E-9: 08 — Analog Speed Command


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0100H 30.01 A1 Maximum Input Voltage 0.00 to 10.00V 10.00


(0 – 10V)
0101H 30.02 A1 Minimum Input Voltage 0.00 to 10.00V 0.00
(0 – 10V)
0102H 30.03 A1 Maximum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
Frequency
0103H 30.04 A1 Minimum Output -400.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0
Frequency
0104H 30.05 A1 Reverse Option 00 Negative input = 30.04 00
Easy Mode Settings

01 Negative input = Reverse direction


02 Negative input = Frequency command
only, no Direction
0200H 40.01 Analog Output Reference 00 Output Frequency (0 to Maximum 00
Output Frequency)
0201H 40.02 Analog Output Gain 0 to 200% 100

E-10 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 11 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Changed Parameters

Table E-9: 08 — Analog Speed Command (Continued)


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0300H 50.01 Source of LOCAL/HAND 01 Master Frequency determined by 01


Frequency 0 – 10V on terminal AI1.
0302H 50.03 Source of LOCAL/HAND 01 Operating commands determined by 01
Operation Command the External Control Terminals.
Keypad STOP key is enabled.
0306H 50.07 Keypad Frequency Setting 50.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
030DH 50.14 Maximum Output Frequency 50 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
030EH 50.15 Motor Nameplate Frequency 10.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
030FH 50.16 Motor Nameplate Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 230.0
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 460.0
575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575.0
0310H 50.17 Mid-Point Output Frequency 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.50
0311H 50.18 Mid-Point Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 510V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 637V 4.8
0312H 50.19 Minimum Output Frequency 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 0.50
0313H 50.20 Minimum Output Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 50V 1.7
460V Series: 0.1 to 100V 3.4
575V Series: 0.1 to 150V 4.8
0317H 50.24 Acceleration Time 1 0.01 to 600.00 seconds 10.00
0318H 50.25 Deceleration Time 1 0.01 to 600.00 seconds 10.00
032FH 50.48 Upper Frequency Limit 0.01 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
(Safety)
0330H 50.49 Lower Frequency Limit 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
(Safety)

Table E-10: 09 — Closed Loop Vector Control


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0114H 30.21 Digital Input Terminal (D3) 20 Run Enable 20


0115H 30.22 Digital Input Terminal (D4) 05 Preset Speed Switch 1 05
0116H 30.23 Digital Input Terminal (D5) 06 Preset Speed Switch 2 06
0117H 30.24 Digital Input Terminal (D6) 07 Preset Speed Switch 3 07
0118H 30.25 Digital Input Terminal (D7) 08 Preset Speed Switch 4 08
0119H 30.26 Digital Input Terminal (D8) 01 External Fault (NO) EF 01
011AH 30.27 Digital Input Terminal (D9) 03 External Reset (NO) 03
011BH 30.28 Digital Input Terminal (D10) 09 Jog 09
Easy Mode Settings

0202H 40.03 Digital Output Terminal 33 Brake ON/ Brake OFF (40.10, 40.11) 33
Relay A (RA1, RA2, RA3)
0203H 40.04 Digital Output Terminal 03 Inverter Fault 03
Relay B (RB1, RB2)
0204H 40.05 Digital Output Terminal DO1 31 Low Voltage indication (User Defined) 31
0205H 40.06 Digital Output Terminal DO2 01 Ready 01

GVX9000 User Manual E-11


MN04000001E.book Page 12 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Changed Parameters

Table E-10: 09 — Closed Loop Vector Control (Continued)


Parameter
Modbus Groups Description Range Default

0209H 40.10 Brake Release Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 1.50


(Brake OFF)
020AH 40.11 Brake Engage Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 1.00
(Brake ON)
0300H 50.01 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Master Frequency determined by 00
Frequency digital keypad on the drive.
0302H 50.03 Source of LOCAL/HAND 00 Operating commands determined by 00
Operation Command the Digital Keypad.
0307H 50.08 Stop Method 00 STOP = Ramp, EF = Coast 00
030DH 50.14 Maximum Output Frequency 50 to 400.0 Hz 60.00
030EH 50.15 Motor Nameplate Frequency 10.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
030FH 50.16 Motor Nameplate Voltage 230V Series: 0.1 to 255.0V 230.0
460V Series: 0.1 to 510.0V 460.0
575V Series: 0.1 to 637.0V 575.0
0317H 50.24 Acceleration Time 1 0.01 to 600.00 seconds 10.00
0318H 50.25 Deceleration Time 1 0.01 to 600.00 seconds 10.00
032FH 50.48 Upper Frequency Limit 0.01 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
(Safety)
0330H 50.49 Lower Frequency Limit 0.0 to 400.00 Hz 0
(Safety)
0410H 60.17 Hunting Coefficient 0 ~ 1000 0
0411H 60.18 CLV — Encoder Pulses 00 – 40000 (2 poles: 00 – 20000) 1024
0412H 60.19 CLV — Encoder Mode 02 Forward / Counterclockwise rotation 02
0413H 60.20 CLV — P Gain 0.0 ~ 10.0 5.0
0414H 60.21 CLV — I Gain 0.0 ~ 100.00 0.50
0415H 60.22 CLV — Frequency Limit 0.0 ~ 100.00 Hz 5.00
0416H 60.23 CLV — Encoder Detection 0.01 ~ 1.00 sec. 0.10
Update Time
0417H 60.24 CLV — Encoder Fault 01 Warning and Ramp to stop 01
Treatment
0418H 60.25 CLV — Encoder Feedback 0.01 ~ 10.00 sec. 1.00
Fault Detection Time
0419H 60.26 CLV — Encoder Feedback 00 Disable 0.002
Filter
0.002 ~ 1.00
041AH 60.27 CLV — Encoder Slip Range 0.0 ~ 50.0% 10.0
(Deviation Range)
041BH 60.28 CLV — Encoder Stall Level 0 ~ 115% 110
(Over Speed)
0508H 70.09 Auto Voltage Regulation 01 AVR disabled 01
(AVR)
Easy Mode Settings

E-12 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Declaration of
Conformity
Appendix F
Declaration of Conformity

Inside this chapter …

Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2


EC Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
Electromagnetic Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
EC Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3

GVX9000 User Manual F-1


MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Low Voltage Directive

Low Voltage Directive


Declaration of
Conformity

EC Declaration of Conformity
According to the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and the Amendment
Directive 93/68/EEC
For the following equipment:

AC Motor Drive
(Product Name)

GVX001A1-2, GVX002A1-2, GVX003A1-2, GVX005A1-2, GVX007A1-2, GVX010A1-2,


GVX015A1-2, GVX020A1-2, GVX025A1-2, GVX030A1-2, GVX040A1-2, GVX050A1-2,
GVX001A1-4, GVX002A1-4, GVX003A1-4, GVX005A1-4, GVX007A1-4, GVX010A1-4,
GVX015A1-4, GVX020A1-4, GVX025A1-4, GVX030A1-4, GVX040A1-4, GVX050A1-4,
GVX060A1-4, GVX075A1-4, GVX100A1-4
(Model Name)

is herewith confirmed to comply with the requirements set out in the Council
Directive 73/23/EEC for electrical equipment used within certain voltage limits
and the Amendment Directive 93/68/EEC. For the evaluation of the compliance
with this Directive, the following standard was applied:

EN 50178

The following manufacturer/importer is responsible for this declaration:

Eaton Electrical
(Company Name)

31-1, Shien Pan Road, Kuei San Industrial Zone, Taoyuan Shien, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(Company Address)

F-2 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 3 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Electromagnetic Compatibility

Electromagnetic Compatibility

Declaration of
Conformity
EC Declaration of Conformity
According to the Electromagnetic Compatibility 89/336/EEC and the
Amendment Directive 93/68/EEC
For the following equipment:

AC Motor Drive
(Product Name)

GVX001A1-2, GVX002A1-2, GVX003A1-2, GVX005A1-2, GVX007A1-2, GVX010A1-2,


GVX015A1-2, GVX020A1-2, GVX025A1-2, GVX030A1-2, GVX040A1-2, GVX050A1-2,
GVX001A1-4, GVX002A1-4, GVX003A1-4, GVX005A1-4, GVX007A1-4, GVX010A1-4,
GVX015A1-4, GVX020A1-4, GVX025A1-4, GVX030A1-4, GVX040A1-4, GVX050A1-4,
GVX060A1-4, GVX075A1-4, GVX100A1-4
(Model Name)

is herewith confirmed to comply with the requirements set out in the Council
Directive 89/336/EEC for electromagnetic compatibility and the Amendment
Directive 93/68/EEC. For the evaluation of the compliance with this Directive, the
following standard was applied:

EN61800-3, EN55011, EN61000-6-4, EN61000-6-2, EN61000-4-2, EN61000-4-3,


EN61000-4-4, EN61000-4-5, EN61000-4-6, EN61000-4-8

The following manufacturer/importer is responsible for this declaration:

Eaton Electrical
(Company Name)

31-1, Shien Pan Road, Kuei San Industrial Zone, Taoyuan Shien, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(Company Address)

GVX9000 User Manual F-3


MN04000001E.book Page 4 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

This page intentionally left blank.


Declaration of
Conformity

F-4 GVX9000 User Manual


MN04000001E.book Page 1 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM
MN04000001E.book Page 2 Friday, January 26, 2007 7:42 AM

Company Information
Eaton’s electrical business is a global leader in electrical control, power distribution, and industrial
automation products and services. Through advanced product development, world-class
manufacturing methods, and global engineering services and support, Eaton’s electrical business
provides customer-driven solutions under brand names such as Cutler-Hammer ®, Powerware®,
Durant®, Heinemann®, Holec® and MEM®, which globally serve the changing needs of the industrial,
utility, light commercial, residential, and OEM markets. For more information, visit
www.EatonElectrical.com.

Eaton Corporation is a diversified industrial manufacturer with 2006 sales of $12.4 billion. Eaton is a
global leader in electrical systems and components for power quality, distribution and control; fluid
power systems and services for industrial, mobile and aircraft equipment; intelligent truck drivetrain
systems for safety and fuel economy; and automotive engine air management systems, powertrain
solutions and specialty controls for performance, fuel economy and safety. Eaton has 60,000
employees and sells products to customers in more than 125 countries. For more information, visit
www.eaton.com.

Eaton Electrical Inc.


1000 Cherrington Parkway
Moon Township, PA 15108-4312
USA
tel: 1-800-525-2000
www.EatonElectrical.com

© 2007 Eaton Corporation


All Rights Reserved
Publication No. MN04000001E/CPG
January 2007

You might also like